TW202102596A - Resin composition, film, near infrared ray-cutting filter, near infrared ray-transmitting filter, solid state imaging element, image display device and infrared ray sensor - Google Patents

Resin composition, film, near infrared ray-cutting filter, near infrared ray-transmitting filter, solid state imaging element, image display device and infrared ray sensor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202102596A
TW202102596A TW109109701A TW109109701A TW202102596A TW 202102596 A TW202102596 A TW 202102596A TW 109109701 A TW109109701 A TW 109109701A TW 109109701 A TW109109701 A TW 109109701A TW 202102596 A TW202102596 A TW 202102596A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
ring
resin composition
formula
mass
Prior art date
Application number
TW109109701A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
宮田哲志
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202102596A publication Critical patent/TW202102596A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/17Amines; Quaternary ammonium compounds
    • C08K5/18Amines; Quaternary ammonium compounds with aromatically bound amino groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01JMEASUREMENT OF INTENSITY, VELOCITY, SPECTRAL CONTENT, POLARISATION, PHASE OR PULSE CHARACTERISTICS OF INFRARED, VISIBLE OR ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT; COLORIMETRY; RADIATION PYROMETRY
    • G01J1/00Photometry, e.g. photographic exposure meter
    • G01J1/02Details
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01JMEASUREMENT OF INTENSITY, VELOCITY, SPECTRAL CONTENT, POLARISATION, PHASE OR PULSE CHARACTERISTICS OF INFRARED, VISIBLE OR ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT; COLORIMETRY; RADIATION PYROMETRY
    • G01J1/00Photometry, e.g. photographic exposure meter
    • G01J1/02Details
    • G01J1/04Optical or mechanical part supplementary adjustable parts
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: a resin composition that contains a prescribed near infrared ray-absorbing dye, 0.001-1000 ppm by mass of a compound represented by formula (AS1) and a resin; a film; a near infrared ray-cutting filter; a near infrared ray-transmitting filter; a solid state imaging element; an image display device; and an infrared ray sensor. In the formula: RA1 denotes a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic ring; RA2 and RA3 each independently denote an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic ring; RA1 and RA2 may bond to each other to form a ring; and RA2 and RA3 may bond to each other to form a ring.

Description

樹脂組成物、膜、近紅外線截止濾波器、近紅外線透射濾波器、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及紅外線感測器Resin composition, film, near-infrared cut filter, near-infrared transmission filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor

本發明有關一種包含方酸菁化合物之樹脂組成物。又,本發明有關一種使用包含方酸菁化合物之組成物而成之膜、近紅外線截止濾波器、近紅外線透射濾波器、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及紅外線感測器。The present invention relates to a resin composition containing a squaraine compound. In addition, the present invention relates to a film using a composition containing a squarylium compound, a near-infrared cut filter, a near-infrared transmission filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and an infrared sensor.

視訊攝影機、數位相機、附相機功能之行動電話等中使用彩色圖像的固體攝像元件亦即CCD(電荷耦合元件)或CMOS(互補金屬氧化膜半導體)。該等固體攝像元件在其受光部使用對紅外線具有靈敏度之矽光二極體。因此,有時設置近紅外線截止濾波器來進行可見度校正。Video cameras, digital cameras, mobile phones with camera functions, etc., use solid-state imaging devices that use color images, that is, CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Film Semiconductor). These solid-state imaging elements use silicon photodiodes with sensitivity to infrared rays in their light-receiving parts. Therefore, a near-infrared cut filter is sometimes installed to perform visibility correction.

近紅外線截止濾波器係使用包含近紅外線吸收色素之樹脂組成物來製造。作為近紅外線吸收色素之一,已知有方酸菁化合物。又,在專利文獻1、專利文獻2中,記載有作為近紅外線吸收色素之特定結構的方酸菁化合物。The near-infrared cut filter is manufactured using a resin composition containing a near-infrared absorbing dye. As one of the near-infrared absorbing dyes, a squarylium compound is known. In addition, Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 describe a squarylium compound having a specific structure as a near-infrared absorbing dye.

[專利文獻1]國際公開第2018/230486號 [專利文獻2]日本特開2019-011455號公報[Patent Document 1] International Publication No. 2018/230486 [Patent Document 2] JP 2019-011455 A

本發明人對專利文獻1、專利文獻2中所記載之使用包含方酸菁化合物之樹脂組成物而成之膜進行了研究,其結果,發現了針對該等包含方酸菁化合物之膜的耐光性存在進一步改善的餘地。The inventors of the present invention conducted studies on films formed using resin compositions containing squaraine compounds described in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2. As a result, they found that the films containing squaraine compounds are resistant to light. There is room for further improvement.

本發明的目的為提供一種能夠形成耐光性優異之膜且保存穩定性優異之樹脂組成物。又,本發明的目的為提供一種使用前述樹脂組成物而成之膜、近紅外線截止濾波器、近紅外線透射濾波器、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及紅外線感測器。The object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition capable of forming a film having excellent light resistance and having excellent storage stability. Furthermore, an object of the present invention is to provide a film, a near-infrared cut filter, a near-infrared transmission filter, a solid-state imaging element, an image display device, and an infrared sensor using the aforementioned resin composition.

本發明人對使用包含式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素之樹脂組成物而獲得之膜進行了深入研究,其結果,發現了若對該膜長時間照射光,則近紅外區域的分光特性趨於容易變動,從而針對耐光性存在進一步改善的餘地。關於對使用包含式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素之樹脂組成物而獲得之膜長時間照射光時該種近紅外區域的分光特性容易變動的原因,如下推測。推測式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素具有中大取代基與方形酸鍵結而成之結構,因此成膜時在膜中難以形成締合。因此,推測在對使用包含式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素之樹脂組成物而形成之膜長時間照射光之情況下,藉由光照射,式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素的方形酸周圍的部位被活性化而容易分解,從而近紅外區域的分光特性容易變動。本發明人進一步進行了研究,其結果,發現藉由在包含式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素及樹脂之樹脂組成物中還含有0.001~1000質量ppm的式(AS1)所表示之化合物,樹脂組成物的保存穩定性良好且能夠抑制保管期間產生異物等,進而,能夠形成耐光性優異之膜,並完成了本發明。本發明提供以下。 <1>一種樹脂組成物,其係含有下述式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素、 0.001~1000質量ppm的下述式(AS1)所表示之化合物及 樹脂, [化學式1]

Figure 02_image007
式中,Rs119 及Rs120 分別獨立地表示取代基, A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示氧原子或-N(Rs125 )-, Rs121 ~Rs125 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基, E1 及E2 分別獨立地表示碳原子、硼原子或-C(=O)-, 在E1 為碳原子的情況下ns32為2,在E1 為硼原子的情況下ns32為1,在E1 為-C(=O)-的情況下ns32為0, 在E2 為碳原子的情況下ns33為2,在E2 為硼原子的情況下ns33為1,在E2 為-C(=O)-的情況下ns33為0, ns30及ns31分別獨立地表示0~5的整數, 在ns30為2以上的情況下,複數個Rs119 可以相同亦可以不同,複數個Rs119 中的2個Rs119 可以彼此鍵結而形成環, 在ns31為2以上的情況下,複數個Rs120 可以相同亦可以不同,複數個Rs120 中的2個Rs120 可以彼此鍵結而形成環, 在ns32為2的情況下,2個Rs121 可以相同亦可以不同,2個Rs121 可以彼此鍵結而形成環, 在ns33為2的情況下,2個Rs122 可以相同亦可以不同,2個Rs122 可以彼此鍵結而形成環, Ar100 表示伸芳基或雜伸芳基, ns100表示0~2的整數, [化學式2]
Figure 02_image009
式(AS1)中,RA1 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基或雜環基;RA2 及RA3 分別獨立地表示烷基、烯基、芳基或雜環基,RA1 與RA2 可以相互鍵結而形成環,RA2 RA3 可以相互鍵結而形成環。 <2>如<1>所述之樹脂組成物,其中,式(AS1)的RA2 及RA3 中的至少一者為烷基。 <3>如<1>所述之樹脂組成物,其中,式(AS1)的RA1 ~RA3 分別獨立地表示烷基或RA3 表示烷基,並且RA2 與RA3 相互鍵結而形成環。 <4>如<1>所述之樹脂組成物,其中,式(As1)所表示之化合物為選自N-甲基吡咯啶酮及二甲基乙醯胺中之至少1種。 <5>如<1>至<4>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其中,式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素為式(SQ2)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素; [化學式3]
Figure 02_image011
式中,L41 ~L44 分別獨立地表示伸烷基、伸炔基、伸芳基、雜環基或將該等鍵結2個以上而獲得之2價的基團, Z41 及Z42 分別獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-N(RN1 )-、-S(=O)-或-S(=O)2 -, A41 及A42 分別獨立地表示氧原子或-N(RN2 )-, RN1 及RN2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基, Rs141 及Rs142 分別獨立地表示取代基, ns41及ns42分別獨立地表示0~5的整數, 在ns41為2以上的情況下,複數個Rs141 可以相同亦可以不同,複數個Rs141 中的2個Rs141 可以彼此鍵結而形成環, 在ns42為2以上的情況下,複數個Rs142 可以相同亦可以不同,複數個Rs142 中的2個Rs142 可以彼此鍵結而形成環; 其中,在L41 ~L44 為伸烷基、Z41 及Z42 為單鍵、A41 及A42 為-N(RN2 )-的情況下,ns41及ns42中的至少一者為1~5的整數。 <6>如<1>至<4>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其中,式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素為式(SQ3)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素; [化學式4]
Figure 02_image013
式中,Q1 、Q4 、Q5 、Q8 、Q11 、Q14 、Q15 及Q18 分別獨立地表示碳原子或氮原子; Rs1 ~Rs5 、Rs11 ~Rs15 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、磺酸基、-SO3 M1 或鹵素原子,M1 表示無機陽離子或有機陽離子,Rs2 與Rs3 、Rs12 與Rs13 可以相互鍵結而形成環; Rs21 ~Rs28 、Rs31 ~Rs38 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、芳烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、-NRX1 RX2 、磺酸基、-SO3 M2 、-SO2 NRX1 RX2 、-COORX3 、-CONRX1 RX2 、硝基、氰基或鹵素原子,M2 表示無機陽離子或有機陽離子,RX1 ~RX3 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、醯基或雜環基,RX1 與RX2 可以相互鍵結而形成環,Rs21 ~Rs28 、Rs31 ~Rs38 中的相鄰之基團彼此可以相互鍵結而形成環; 在Q1 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs21 ,在Q4 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs24 ,在Q5 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs25 ,在Q8 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs28 ,在Q11 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs31 ,在Q14 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs34 ,在Q15 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs35 ,在Q18 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs38 。 <7>如<1>至<6>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其中,上述樹脂係包含具有鹼基之樹脂。 <8>如<1>至<7>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其中,上述樹脂係包含鹼可溶性樹脂。 <9>如<1>至<8>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其係還包含聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑。 <10>如<1>至<9>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其係還包含使近紅外線透射而遮蔽可見光之色材。 <11>一種膜,其係使用<1>至<10>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物而獲得。 <12>一種近紅外線截止濾波器,其係具有<11>所述之膜。 <13>一種近紅外線透射濾波器,其係具有<11>所述之膜。 <14>一種固體攝像元件,其係具有<11>所述之膜。 <15>一種圖像顯示裝置,其係具有<11>所述之膜。 <16>一種紅外線感測器,其係具有<11>所述之膜。 [發明效果]The inventors of the present invention conducted intensive studies on a film obtained by using a resin composition containing a near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1). As a result, they found that if the film is irradiated with light for a long time, the spectroscopy in the near-infrared region The characteristics tend to change easily, so there is room for further improvement in light resistance. The reason why the spectral characteristics of the near-infrared region of this kind of near-infrared region tend to change when light is irradiated to a film obtained using a resin composition containing a near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1) for a long time is estimated as follows. It is speculated that the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1) has a structure in which a medium-large substituent and a square acid are bonded, so it is difficult to form an association in the film during film formation. Therefore, it is estimated that when the film formed by using the resin composition containing the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1) is irradiated with light for a long time, the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1) is irradiated with light The area around the square acid is activated and easily decomposed, so that the spectral characteristics of the near-infrared region are likely to change. The inventors of the present invention conducted further studies, and as a result, found that the resin composition containing the near-infrared absorbing dye and resin represented by the formula (SQ1) further contains the compound represented by the formula (AS1) at 0.001 to 1000 mass ppm The storage stability of the resin composition is good, and the generation of foreign substances during storage can be suppressed, and further, a film with excellent light resistance can be formed, and the present invention has been completed. The present invention provides the following. <1> A resin composition containing a near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the following formula (SQ1), 0.001 to 1000 mass ppm of a compound represented by the following formula (AS1), and resin, [Chemical formula 1]
Figure 02_image007
In the formula, Rs 119 and Rs 120 each independently represent a substituent, A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -N(Rs 125 )-, Rs 121 to Rs 125 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, E 1 and E 2 each independently represent a carbon atom, a boron atom or -C(=O)-. When E 1 is a carbon atom, ns32 is 2, and when E 1 is a boron atom, ns32 is 1. When E 1 is -C(=O)-, ns32 is 0, when E 2 is a carbon atom, ns33 is 2, and when E 2 is a boron atom, ns33 is 1, and E 2 is -C( =O)-In the case of ns33 is 0, ns30 and ns31 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5, and when ns30 is 2 or more, the plural Rs 119 may be the same or different, and 2 of the plural Rs 119 Rs 119 can be bonded to each other to form a ring. When ns31 is 2 or more, a plurality of Rs 120 can be the same or different. Two Rs 120s of the plurality of Rs 120 can be bonded to each other to form a ring. In ns32 is 2, the two Rs 121 may be the same also different, two Rs 121 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, in ns33 it is 2, the two Rs 122 may be the same also different, two Rs 122 It can be bonded to each other to form a ring, Ar 100 represents an aryl group or heteroarylene group, and ns100 represents an integer from 0 to 2, [Chemical formula 2]
Figure 02_image009
In the formula (AS1), R A1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group; R A2 and R A3 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and R A1 and R A2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and R A2 and R A3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. <2> The resin composition according to <1>, in which at least one of RA2 and RA3 in the formula (AS1) is an alkyl group. <3> The resin composition according to <1>, wherein RA1 to RA3 in the formula (AS1) each independently represent an alkyl group or RA3 represents an alkyl group, and RA2 and RA3 are bonded to each other to form ring. <4> The resin composition according to <1>, wherein the compound represented by formula (As1) is at least one selected from N-methylpyrrolidone and dimethylacetamide. <5> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by formula (SQ1) is a near-infrared absorbing dye represented by formula (SQ2); [Chemical formula 3]
Figure 02_image011
In the formula, L 41 to L 44 each independently represent an alkylene group, an alkynylene group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or a divalent group obtained by bonding two or more of these groups, Z 41 and Z 42 Each independently represents a single bond, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -N(R N1 )-, -S(=O)- or -S(=O) 2 -, A 41 And A 42 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -N(R N2 )-, R N1 and R N2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, Rs 141 and Rs 142 each independently represent a substituent, ns41 and ns42 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, in a case where ns41 is 2 or more, plural Rs 141 may be the same can also be different, a plurality of Rs 141 in which two Rs 141 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, in ns42 In the case of 2 or more, the plurality of Rs 142 may be the same or different, and the two Rs 142 of the plurality of Rs 142 may be bonded to each other to form a ring; where L 41 to L 44 are alkylene groups and Z 41 When and Z 42 are a single bond, and A 41 and A 42 are -N(R N2 )-, at least one of ns41 and ns42 is an integer of 1 to 5. <6> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by formula (SQ1) is a near-infrared absorbing dye represented by formula (SQ3); [Chemical formula 4]
Figure 02_image013
In the formula, Q 1 , Q 4 , Q 5 , Q 8 , Q 11 , Q 14 , Q 15 and Q 18 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom; Rs 1 to Rs 5 , Rs 11 to Rs 15 each independently Represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a sulfonic acid group, -SO 3 M 1 or a halogen atom, M 1 represents an inorganic cation or an organic cation, Rs 2 and Rs 3 , Rs 12 and Rs 13 can be bonded to each other to form a ring; Rs 21 ~Rs 28 and Rs 31 to Rs 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, -NR X1 R X2 , a sulfonic acid group, and- SO 3 M 2 , -SO 2 NR X1 R X2 , -COOR X3 , -CONR X1 R X2 , nitro, cyano or halogen atom, M 2 represents inorganic cation or organic cation, R X1 ~R X3 each independently represent A hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group or a heterocyclic group, R X1 and R X2 can be bonded to each other to form a ring, and adjacent groups among Rs 21 to Rs 28 and Rs 31 to Rs 38 can be mutually Bonded to form a ring; when Q 1 is a nitrogen atom, Rs 21 is not present, when Q 4 is a nitrogen atom, Rs 24 is not present, and when Q 5 is a nitrogen atom, Rs 25 is not present , When Q 8 is a nitrogen atom, there is no Rs 28 , when Q 11 is a nitrogen atom, there is no Rs 31 , when Q 14 is a nitrogen atom, there is no Rs 34 , and Q 15 is In the case of a nitrogen atom, Rs 35 does not exist, and when Q 18 is a nitrogen atom, Rs 38 does not exist. <7> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the resin system includes a resin having a basic group. <8> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the resin system contains an alkali-soluble resin. <9> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, which further contains a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator. <10> The resin composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, which further includes a color material that transmits near-infrared rays and shields visible light. <11> A film obtained by using the resin composition described in any one of <1> to <10>. <12> A near-infrared cut filter having the film described in <11>. <13> A near-infrared transmission filter having the film described in <11>. <14> A solid-state imaging device having the film described in <11>. <15> An image display device having the film described in <11>. <16> An infrared sensor having the film described in <11>. [Effects of the invention]

依據本發明,能夠提供一種能夠形成耐光性優異之膜且保存穩定性優異之樹脂組成物、膜、近紅外線截止濾波器、近紅外線透射濾波器、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及紅外線感測器。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a resin composition, a film, a near-infrared cut filter, a near-infrared transmission filter, a solid-state imaging element, an image display device, and an infrared sensor capable of forming a film with excellent light resistance and excellent storage stability Device.

以下,對本發明的內容進行詳細地說明。 本說明書中,“~”係以包含記載於其前後之數值作為下限值及上限值之含義來使用。 在本說明書中之基團(原子團)的標記中,未標有經取代及未經取代之標記包含不具有取代基之基團(原子團),並且還包含具有取代基之基團(原子團)。例如,“烷基”不僅包含不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代之烷基),還包含具有取代基之烷基(經取代之烷基)。 在本說明書中,除非另有說明,則“曝光”不僅包括使用光之曝光,使用電子束、離子束等粒子束之描繪亦包含在曝光中。又,作為曝光中所使用之光,可以舉出水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線及電子束等光化射線或放射線。 在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯這兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸這兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基這兩者或任一者。 在本說明書中,重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量被定義為基於凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)測定下的聚苯乙烯換算值。 在本說明書中,化學式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 在本說明書中,近紅外線是指在波長700~2500nm的光(電磁波)。 在本說明書中,總固體成分是指從組成物的總成分去除溶劑之成分的總質量。 在本說明書中,顏料是指難以溶解於溶劑中之化合物。例如,顏料在23℃的水100g中之溶解度及在23℃的丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯100g中之溶解度均小於1g為較佳,小於0.1g為進一步較佳,小於0.01g為更佳。 在本說明書中,“步驟”這一術語不僅包含獨立之步驟,即使在無法與其他步驟明確區分之情況下,只要可實現該步驟的預期作用,則亦包含於本術語中。Hereinafter, the content of the present invention will be described in detail. In this specification, "~" is used to include the numerical value described before and after it as a lower limit and an upper limit. In the label of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the label not marked with substituted and unsubstituted includes a group (atomic group) without a substituent, and also includes a group (atomic group) with a substituent. For example, "alkyl" includes not only unsubstituted alkyl (unsubstituted alkyl) but also substituted alkyl (substituted alkyl). In this specification, unless otherwise specified, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light, but also description using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. In addition, as the light used in the exposure, there can be exemplified actinic rays or radiations such as the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, extreme ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams. In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means both or either of acrylate and methacrylate, and "(meth)acrylic" means both or either of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, "(Meth)acryloyl group" means both or either of an acryloyl group and a methacryloyl group. In this specification, weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are defined as polystyrene conversion values based on gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement. In this specification, Me in the chemical formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. In this specification, near-infrared rays refer to light (electromagnetic waves) with a wavelength of 700 to 2500 nm. In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of the components except the solvent from the total components of the composition. In this specification, a pigment refers to a compound that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent. For example, the solubility of the pigment in 100 g of water at 23° C. and the solubility in 100 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 23° C. are preferably less than 1 g, preferably less than 0.1 g, and more preferably less than 0.01 g. In this specification, the term "step" not only includes an independent step, even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, as long as the step can achieve the expected effect, it is also included in this term.

<樹脂組成物> 本發明的樹脂組成物的特徵為含有式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素、0.001~1000質量ppm的式(AS1)所表示之化合物及樹脂。<Resin composition> The resin composition of the present invention is characterized by containing a near-infrared absorbing dye represented by formula (SQ1), a compound represented by formula (AS1) at 0.001 to 1,000 ppm by mass, and a resin.

本發明的樹脂組成物能夠形成保存穩定性良好且能夠抑制保管期間產生異物等,進而,即使長時間照射光近紅外區域的分光特性的變動亦得到抑制之耐光性優異之膜。可以獲得該種效果之詳細的原因尚不明確,但是如下推測。推測本發明的樹脂組成物除了式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素及樹脂以外還含有0.001~1000質量ppm的式(AS1)所表示之化合物,藉此在成膜時藉由式(AS1)所表示之化合物變得容易形成式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素彼此的締合,並且藉由在膜中式(AS1)所表示之化合物吸附於式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素的表面上,即使對所獲得之膜長時間照射光亦能夠抑制式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素的方形酸周圍的部位的活性化而使式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素的激發狀態穩定,其結果,能夠抑制式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素的分解。因此,推測本發明的樹脂組成物能夠形成即使長時間照射光近紅外區域的分光特性的變動亦得到抑制之耐光性優異之膜。又,推測式(AS1)所表示之化合物的含量為0.001~1000質量ppm,因此能夠抑制在樹脂組成物中式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素等的凝聚等,其結果,推測可以獲得優異之保存穩定性。以下,對本發明的樹脂組成物的各成分進行說明。The resin composition of the present invention can form a film having excellent storage stability and capable of suppressing the generation of foreign substances during storage, and further, even if the variation of the spectral characteristics in the near-infrared region of the irradiated light for a long time is suppressed, the film has excellent light resistance. The detailed reason why this effect can be obtained is not clear, but it is speculated as follows. It is estimated that the resin composition of the present invention contains, in addition to the near-infrared absorbing dye and resin represented by the formula (SQ1), the compound represented by the formula (AS1) in an amount of 0.001 to 1000 mass ppm, whereby the film is formed by the formula (AS1) The compound represented by the formula (SQ1) becomes easy to form the association of the near-infrared absorbing dyes represented by the formula (SQ1), and the compound represented by the formula (AS1) in the film is adsorbed on the near-infrared absorption represented by the formula (SQ1) On the surface of the pigment, even if the obtained film is irradiated with light for a long time, the activation of the area around the square acid of the near-infrared absorbing pigment represented by the formula (SQ1) can be suppressed, and the near-infrared absorption represented by the formula (SQ1) can be suppressed The excited state of the dye is stable, and as a result, the decomposition of the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1) can be suppressed. Therefore, it is presumed that the resin composition of the present invention can form a film having excellent light resistance in which the variation of the spectral characteristics in the near-infrared region of the irradiated light for a long time is suppressed. In addition, it is estimated that the content of the compound represented by formula (AS1) is 0.001 to 1000 ppm by mass. Therefore, it is possible to suppress aggregation of the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by formula (SQ1) in the resin composition. As a result, it is estimated that excellent The storage stability. Hereinafter, each component of the resin composition of the present invention will be described.

<<式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素>> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素。式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素為顏料為較佳。 [化學式5]

Figure 02_image015
式中,Rs119 及Rs120 分別獨立地表示取代基, A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示氧原子或-N(Rs125 )-, Rs121 ~Rs125 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基, E1 及E2 分別獨立地表示碳原子、硼原子或-C(=O)-, 在E1 為碳原子的情況下ns32為2,在E1 為硼原子的情況下ns32為1,在E1 為-C(=O)-的情況下ns32為0, 在E2 為碳原子的情況下ns33為2,在E2 為硼原子的情況下ns33為1,在E2 為-C(=O)-的情況下ns33為0, ns30及ns31分別獨立地表示0~5的整數, 在ns30為2以上的情況下,複數個Rs119 可以相同亦可以不同,複數個Rs119 中的2個Rs119 可以彼此鍵結而形成環, 在ns31為2以上的情況下,複數個Rs120 可以相同亦可以不同,複數個Rs120 中的2個Rs120 可以彼此鍵結而形成環, 在ns32為2的情況下,2個Rs121 可以相同亦可以不同,2個Rs121 可以彼此鍵結而形成環, 在ns33為2的情況下,2個Rs122 可以相同亦可以不同,2個Rs122 可以彼此鍵結而形成環, Ar100 表示伸芳基或雜伸芳基, ns100表示0~2的整數,<<Near-infrared absorbing dye represented by formula (SQ1)>> The resin composition of the present invention contains the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by formula (SQ1). The near-infrared absorbing pigment represented by the formula (SQ1) is preferably a pigment. [Chemical formula 5]
Figure 02_image015
In the formula, Rs 119 and Rs 120 each independently represent a substituent, A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -N(Rs 125 )-, Rs 121 to Rs 125 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, E 1 and E 2 each independently represent a carbon atom, a boron atom, or -C(=O)-. When E 1 is a carbon atom, ns32 is 2, and when E 1 is a boron atom, ns32 is 1. When E 1 is -C(=O)-, ns32 is 0, when E 2 is a carbon atom, ns33 is 2, and when E 2 is a boron atom, ns33 is 1, and E 2 is -C( =O)-In the case of ns33 is 0, ns30 and ns31 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5, and when ns30 is 2 or more, the plural Rs 119 may be the same or different, and 2 of the plural Rs 119 Rs 119 can be bonded to each other to form a ring. When ns31 is 2 or more, a plurality of Rs 120 may be the same or different. Two Rs 120s of a plurality of Rs 120 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. In ns32 is 2, the two Rs 121 may be the same also different, two Rs 121 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, in ns33 it is 2, the two Rs 122 may be the same also different, two Rs 122 They can be bonded to each other to form a ring, Ar 100 represents an aryl group or heteroarylene group, ns100 represents an integer of 0-2,

作為Rs119 及Rs120 所表示之取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團,鹵素原子、烷基、磺酸基及-SO3 M為較佳。M表示無機陽離子或有機陽離子。作為M所表示之無機陽離子或有機陽離子,能夠沒有限制地採用公知者。例如,可以舉出鹼金屬離子(Li+ 、Na+ 、K+ 等)、銨離子、咪唑鎓、吡啶鎓離子及鏻離子等。作為鹵素原子,可以舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子。烷基的碳數為1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~8為進一步較佳,1~5為更進一步較佳,1~3為特佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以為未經取代。作為取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團。Examples of the substituent represented by Rs 119 and Rs 120 include the groups explained in the substituent T described later, and a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and -SO 3 M are preferred. M represents an inorganic cation or an organic cation. As the inorganic cation or organic cation represented by M, known ones can be used without limitation. For example, alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K +, etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, and phosphonium ions can be cited. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-8, still more preferably 1-5, and particularly preferably 1-3. The alkyl group may be any of straight chain, branched chain, and cyclic, and straight chain or branched chain is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the group demonstrated in the substituent T mentioned later can be mentioned.

A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示氧原子或-N(Rs125 )-,-N(Rs125 )-為較佳。A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -N (Rs 125) -, - N (Rs 125) - is preferred.

作為Rs121 ~Rs125 所表示之取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團。Rs123 ~Rs125 為氫原子、烷基或芳基為較佳,氫原子為更佳。又,Rs121 ~Rs125 分別獨立地為取代基為較佳。Examples of the substituent represented by Rs 121 to Rs 125 include the groups explained in the substituent T described later. Rs 123 to Rs 125 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom. Moreover, it is preferable that Rs 121 to Rs 125 are each independently a substituent.

E1 及E2 分別獨立地表示碳原子、硼原子或-C(=O)-,表示碳原子為較佳。又,E1 為碳原子且2個Rs121 彼此鍵結而形成環、E2 為碳原子且2個Rs122 彼此鍵結而形成環為更佳。作為Rs121 彼此鍵結而形成之環及Rs122 彼此鍵結而形成之環,可以為烴環,亦可以為雜環。又,烴環及雜環可以為芳香族環,亦可以為非芳香族環。又,烴環及雜環可以為單環,亦可以為縮合環。作為Rs121 彼此鍵結而形成之環及Rs122 彼此鍵結而形成之環,縮合環為較佳,3環以上的縮合環為更佳。又,Rs121 彼此鍵結而形成之環及Rs122 彼此鍵結而形成之環還可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團。E 1 and E 2 each independently represent a carbon atom, a boron atom or -C(=O)-, and a carbon atom is preferred. In addition, it is more preferable that E 1 is a carbon atom and two Rs 121 are bonded to each other to form a ring, and E 2 is a carbon atom and two Rs 122 are bonded to each other to form a ring. The ring formed by bonding Rs 121 to each other and the ring formed by bonding of Rs 122 to each other may be a hydrocarbon ring or a heterocyclic ring. In addition, the hydrocarbon ring and the heterocyclic ring may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring. In addition, the hydrocarbon ring and the heterocyclic ring may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. As the ring formed by bonding Rs 121 to each other and the ring formed by bonding of Rs 122 to each other, a condensed ring is preferred, and a condensed ring of three or more rings is more preferred. In addition, the ring formed by bonding Rs 121 to each other and the ring formed by bonding of Rs 122 to each other may further have a substituent. As a substituent, the group demonstrated in the substituent T mentioned later can be mentioned.

ns30及ns31分別獨立地表示0~5的整數,0~4為較佳,0~3為更佳,0~2為進一步較佳,0或1為更進一步較佳。在ns30為2以上的情況下,複數個Rs119 可以相同亦可以不同,複數個Rs119 中的2個Rs119 可以彼此鍵結而形成環,在ns31為2以上的情況下,複數個Rs120 可以相同亦可以不同,複數個Rs120 中的2個Rs120 可以彼此鍵結而形成環。Rs119 彼此鍵結而形成之環及Rs120 彼此鍵結而形成之環可以為烴環,亦可以為雜環。又,烴環及雜環可以為芳香族環,亦可以為非芳香族環。又,烴環及雜環可以為單環,亦可以為縮合環。Rs119 彼此鍵結而形成之環及Rs120 彼此鍵結而形成之環為5員環或6員環的烴環或者雜環為較佳,5員環或6員環的烴環為更佳。ns30 and ns31 each independently represent an integer of 0-5, 0-4 is preferred, 0-3 is more preferred, 0-2 is more preferred, and 0 or 1 is even more preferred. When ns30 is 2 or more, plural Rs 119 may be the same or different. Two Rs 119 of plural Rs 119 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When ns31 is 2 or more, plural Rs 120 It may be the same or different, and two Rs 120 of the plurality of Rs 120 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The ring formed by bonding Rs 119 to each other and the ring formed by bonding Rs 120 to each other may be a hydrocarbon ring or a heterocyclic ring. In addition, the hydrocarbon ring and the heterocyclic ring may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring. In addition, the hydrocarbon ring and the heterocyclic ring may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The ring formed by bonding Rs 119 to each other and the ring formed by bonding Rs 120 to each other is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered hydrocarbon ring or heterocyclic ring, more preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered hydrocarbon ring .

Ar100 表示伸芳基或雜伸芳基。伸芳基及雜伸芳基可以為單環,亦可以為縮合環。作為伸芳基及雜伸芳基,下述式(Ar-1)~(Ar-7)中的任一種所表示之基團為較佳。 [化學式6]

Figure 02_image017
式中,Xa1 ~Xa8 分別獨立地表示硫原子、氧原子或NRxa ,Rxa 表示氫原子或取代基,*表示鍵結鍵。作為Rxa 所表示之取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團。Ar 100 represents an aryl group or a hetero aryl group. The arylene group and the heteroarylene group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. As the arylene group and heteroarylene group, a group represented by any one of the following formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-7) is preferred. [Chemical formula 6]
Figure 02_image017
In the formula, Xa 1 to Xa 8 each independently represent a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom, or NRx a , Rx a represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and * represents a bonding bond. Examples of the substituent represented by Rx a include the groups explained in the substituent T described later.

ns100表示0~2的整數,0或1為較佳,0為更佳。ns100 represents an integer of 0-2, 0 or 1 is preferred, and 0 is more preferred.

式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素為式(SQ2)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素為較佳。 [化學式7]

Figure 02_image019
式中,L41 ~L44 分別獨立地表示伸烷基、伸炔基、伸芳基、雜環基或將該等鍵結2個以上而獲得之2價的基團, Z41 及Z42 分別獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-N(RN1 )-、-S(=O)-或-S(=O)2 -, A41 及A42 分別獨立地表示氧原子或-N(RN2 )-, RN1 及RN2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基, Rs141 及Rs142 分別獨立地表示取代基, ns41及ns42分別獨立地表示0~5的整數, 在ns41為2以上的情況下,複數個Rs141 可以相同亦可以不同,複數個Rs141 中的2個Rs141 可以彼此鍵結而形成環, 在ns42為2以上的情況下,複數個Rs142 可以相同亦可以不同,複數個Rs142 中的2個Rs142 可以彼此鍵結而形成環; 其中,在L41 ~L44 為伸烷基、Z41 及Z42 為單鍵、A41 及A42 為-N(RN2 )-的情況下,ns41及ns42中的至少一者為1~5的整數。The near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1) is preferably the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ2). [Chemical formula 7]
Figure 02_image019
In the formula, L 41 to L 44 each independently represent an alkylene group, an alkynylene group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or a divalent group obtained by bonding two or more of these groups, Z 41 and Z 42 Each independently represents a single bond, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -N(R N1 )-, -S(=O)- or -S(=O) 2 -, A 41 And A 42 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -N(R N2 )-, R N1 and R N2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, Rs 141 and Rs 142 each independently represent a substituent, ns41 and ns42 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, in a case where ns41 is 2 or more, plural Rs 141 may be the same can also be different, a plurality of Rs 141 in which two Rs 141 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, in ns42 In the case of 2 or more, the plurality of Rs 142 may be the same or different, and the two Rs 142 of the plurality of Rs 142 may be bonded to each other to form a ring; where L 41 to L 44 are alkylene groups and Z 41 When and Z 42 are a single bond, and A 41 and A 42 are -N(R N2 )-, at least one of ns41 and ns42 is an integer of 1 to 5.

L41 ~L44 分別獨立地表示伸烷基、伸炔基、伸芳基、雜環基或將該等鍵結2個以上而獲得之2價的基團。伸烷基的碳數為1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~8為進一步較佳,1~5為更進一步較佳,1~3為特佳。伸烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種。伸烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以為未經取代。作為取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團。伸炔基的碳數為2~20為較佳,2~12為更佳,2~8為特佳。伸炔基可以為直鏈、支鏈中的任一種。伸炔基可以具有取代基,亦可以為未經取代。作為取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團。伸芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。伸芳基可以具有取代基,亦可以為未經取代。作為取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團。雜環基為單環的雜環基或縮合數為2~8的縮合環的雜環基為較佳,單環的雜環基或縮合數為2~4的縮合環的雜環基為更佳,單環的雜環基為進一步較佳。構成雜環基的環之雜原子的數為1~3為較佳。構成雜環基的環之雜原子為氮原子、氧原子或硫原子為較佳,氮原子為更佳。雜環基為5員環或6員環為較佳。構成雜環基的環之碳原子的數為3~30為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為更佳。雜環基可以具有取代基,亦可以為未經取代。作為取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團。L 41 to L 44 each independently represent an alkylene group, an alkynylene group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, or a divalent group obtained by bonding two or more of these groups. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-8, still more preferably 1-5, and particularly preferably 1-3. The alkylene group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic. The alkylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the group demonstrated in the substituent T mentioned later can be mentioned. The carbon number of the alkynylene group is preferably 2-20, more preferably 2-12, particularly preferably 2-8. The alkynylene group may be either straight chain or branched chain. The alkynylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the group demonstrated in the substituent T mentioned later can be mentioned. The carbon number of the arylene group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, and still more preferably 6-12. The arylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the group demonstrated in the substituent T mentioned later can be mentioned. The heterocyclic group is preferably a monocyclic heterocyclic group or a condensed heterocyclic group having a condensation number of 2-8, and a monocyclic heterocyclic group or a condensed heterocyclic group having a condensation number of 2 to 4 is more preferred. Preferably, a monocyclic heterocyclic group is further preferred. The number of heteroatoms in the ring constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The hetero atom constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, more preferably a nitrogen atom. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 3-30, more preferably 3-18, and still more preferably 3-12. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the group demonstrated in the substituent T mentioned later can be mentioned.

L41 ~L44 分別獨立地為伸芳基或雜環基為較佳,伸芳基為更佳。It is preferable that L 41 to L 44 each independently represent an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and an aryl group is more preferable.

Z41 及Z42 分別獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-N(RN1 )-、-S(=O)-或-S(=O)2 -,單鍵為較佳。Z 41 and Z 42 each independently represent a single bond, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -N(R N1 )-, -S(=O)- or -S(=O) 2 -, a single bond is preferred.

A41 及A42 分別獨立地表示氧原子或-N(RN2 )-,-N(RN2 )-為較佳。RN2 為氫原子為較佳。A 41 and A 42 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -N (R N2) -, - N (R N2) - is preferred. R N2 is preferably a hydrogen atom.

RN1 及RN2 所表示之烷基的碳數為1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~8為進一步較佳,1~5為更進一步較佳,1~3為特佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以為未經取代。作為取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團。RN1 及RN2 所表示之芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。芳基可以具有取代基,亦可以為未經取代。作為取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團。The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R N1 and R N2 is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 15, more preferably from 1 to 8, more preferably from 1 to 5, and particularly from 1 to 3 good. The alkyl group may be any of straight chain, branched chain, and cyclic, and straight chain or branched chain is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the group demonstrated in the substituent T mentioned later can be mentioned. The carbon number of the aryl group represented by R N1 and R N2 is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, and still more preferably 6-12. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the group demonstrated in the substituent T mentioned later can be mentioned.

作為Rs141 及Rs142 所表示之取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團,鹵素原子、烷基、磺酸基及-SO3 M為較佳。M表示無機陽離子或有機陽離子。作為M所表示之無機陽離子或有機陽離子,能夠沒有限制地採用公知者。例如,可以舉出鹼金屬離子(Li+ 、Na+ 、K+ 等)、銨離子、咪唑鎓、吡啶鎓離子及鏻離子等。作為鹵素原子,可以舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子。烷基的碳數為1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~8為進一步較佳,1~5為更進一步較佳,1~3為特佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以為未經取代。作為取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團。Examples of the substituent represented by Rs 141 and Rs 142 include the groups described in the substituent T described later, and halogen atoms, alkyl groups, sulfonic acid groups, and -SO 3 M are preferred. M represents an inorganic cation or an organic cation. As the inorganic cation or organic cation represented by M, known ones can be used without limitation. For example, alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K +, etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, and phosphonium ions can be cited. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-8, still more preferably 1-5, and particularly preferably 1-3. The alkyl group may be any of straight chain, branched chain, and cyclic, and straight chain or branched chain is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the group demonstrated in the substituent T mentioned later can be mentioned.

ns41及ns42分別獨立地表示0~5的整數,0~4為較佳,0~3為更佳,0~2為進一步較佳,0或1為更進一步較佳。在ns41為2以上的情況下,複數個Rs141 可以相同亦可以不同,複數個Rs141 中的2個Rs141 可以彼此鍵結而形成環,在ns42為2以上的情況下,複數個Rs142 可以相同亦可以不同,複數個Rs142 中的2個Rs142 可以彼此鍵結而形成環。Rs141 彼此鍵結而形成之環及Rs142 彼此鍵結而形成之環可以為烴環,亦可以為雜環。又,烴環及雜環可以為芳香族環,亦可以為非芳香族環。又,烴環及雜環可以為單環,亦可以為縮合環。Rs141 彼此鍵結而形成之環及Rs142 彼此鍵結而形成之環為5員環或6員環的烴環或者雜環為較佳,5員環或6員環的烴環為更佳。ns41 and ns42 each independently represent an integer of 0-5, 0-4 is preferable, 0-3 is more preferable, 0-2 is more preferable, 0 or 1 is still more preferable. When ns41 is 2 or more, the plural Rs 141 may be the same or different. Two Rs 141 of the plural Rs 141 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When ns42 is 2 or more, the plural Rs 142 They may be the same or different, and two Rs 142 of the plurality of Rs 142 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The ring formed by bonding Rs 141 to each other and the ring formed by bonding of Rs 142 to each other may be a hydrocarbon ring or a heterocyclic ring. In addition, the hydrocarbon ring and the heterocyclic ring may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring. In addition, the hydrocarbon ring and the heterocyclic ring may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The ring formed by bonding Rs 141 to each other and the ring formed by bonding Rs 142 to each other is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered hydrocarbon ring or heterocyclic ring, and more preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered hydrocarbon ring .

式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素為式(SQ3)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素為較佳。 [化學式8]

Figure 02_image021
式中,Q1 、Q4 、Q5 、Q8 、Q11 、Q14 、Q15 及Q18 分別獨立地表示碳原子或氮原子; Rs1 ~Rs5 、Rs11 ~Rs15 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、磺酸基、-SO3 M1 或鹵素原子,M1 表示無機陽離子或有機陽離子,Rs2 與Rs3 、Rs12 與Rs13 可以相互鍵結而形成環; Rs21 ~Rs28 、Rs31 ~Rs38 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、芳烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、-NRX1 RX2 、磺酸基、-SO3 M2 、-SO2 NRX1 RX2 、-COORX3 、-CONRX1 RX2 、硝基、氰基或鹵素原子,M2 表示無機陽離子或有機陽離子,RX1 ~RX3 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、醯基或雜環基,RX1 與RX2 可以相互鍵結而形成環,Rs21 ~Rs28 、Rs31 ~Rs38 中的相鄰之基團彼此可以相互鍵結而形成環; 在Q1 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs21 ,在Q4 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs24 ,在Q5 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs25 ,在Q8 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs28 ,在Q11 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs31 ,在Q14 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs34 ,在Q15 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs35 ,在Q18 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs38 。The near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1) is preferably the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ3). [Chemical formula 8]
Figure 02_image021
In the formula, Q 1 , Q 4 , Q 5 , Q 8 , Q 11 , Q 14 , Q 15 and Q 18 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom; Rs 1 to Rs 5 , Rs 11 to Rs 15 each independently Represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a sulfonic acid group, -SO 3 M 1 or a halogen atom, M 1 represents an inorganic cation or an organic cation, Rs 2 and Rs 3 , Rs 12 and Rs 13 can be bonded to each other to form a ring; Rs 21 ~Rs 28 and Rs 31 to Rs 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, -NR X1 R X2 , a sulfonic acid group, and- SO 3 M 2 , -SO 2 NR X1 R X2 , -COOR X3 , -CONR X1 R X2 , nitro, cyano or halogen atom, M 2 represents inorganic cation or organic cation, R X1 ~R X3 each independently represent A hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group or a heterocyclic group, R X1 and R X2 can be bonded to each other to form a ring, and adjacent groups among Rs 21 to Rs 28 and Rs 31 to Rs 38 can be mutually Bonded to form a ring; when Q 1 is a nitrogen atom, Rs 21 is not present, when Q 4 is a nitrogen atom, Rs 24 is not present, and when Q 5 is a nitrogen atom, Rs 25 is not present , When Q 8 is a nitrogen atom, there is no Rs 28 , when Q 11 is a nitrogen atom, there is no Rs 31 , when Q 14 is a nitrogen atom, there is no Rs 34 , and Q 15 is In the case of a nitrogen atom, Rs 35 does not exist, and when Q 18 is a nitrogen atom, Rs 38 does not exist.

在耐熱性或耐光性等各種耐性的觀點而言,Q1 、Q4 、Q5 、Q8 、Q11 、Q14 、Q15 及Q18 為碳原子為較佳。From the viewpoint of various resistances such as heat resistance and light resistance, it is preferable that Q 1 , Q 4 , Q 5 , Q 8 , Q 11 , Q 14 , Q 15 and Q 18 are carbon atoms.

Rs1 ~Rs5 、Rs11 ~Rs15 所表示之烷基的碳數為1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~8為進一步較佳,1~5為更進一步較佳,1~3為特佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以為未經取代。作為取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團。The alkyl group represented by Rs 1 to Rs 5 and Rs 11 to Rs 15 preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 8, and even more preferably 1 to 5 , 1~3 are particularly good. The alkyl group may be any of straight chain, branched chain, and cyclic, and straight chain or branched chain is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the group demonstrated in the substituent T mentioned later can be mentioned.

在Rs1 ~Rs5 、Rs11 ~Rs15 所表示之-SO3 M1 中,作為M1 的無機陽離子或有機陽離子,能夠沒有限制地採用公知者。例如,可以舉出鹼金屬離子(Li+ 、Na+ 、K+ 等)、銨離子、咪唑鎓、吡啶鎓離子及鏻離子等。In -SO 3 M 1 represented by Rs 1 to Rs 5 and Rs 11 to Rs 15 , as the inorganic cation or organic cation of M 1 , known ones can be used without limitation. For example, alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K +, etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, and phosphonium ions can be cited.

作為Rs1 ~Rs5 、Rs11 ~Rs15 所表示之鹵素原子,可以舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子。Examples of the halogen atom represented by Rs 1 to Rs 5 and Rs 11 to Rs 15 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

Rs2 與Rs3 、Rs12 與Rs13 可以相互鍵結而形成環。所形成之環可以為烴環,亦可以為雜環。又,烴環及雜環可以為芳香族環,亦可以為非芳香族環。又,烴環及雜環可以為單環,亦可以為縮合環。所形成之環為5員環或6員環的烴環或者雜環為較佳,5員環或6員環的烴環為更佳。Rs 2 and Rs 3 , and Rs 12 and Rs 13 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The formed ring may be a hydrocarbon ring or a heterocyclic ring. In addition, the hydrocarbon ring and the heterocyclic ring may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring. In addition, the hydrocarbon ring and the heterocyclic ring may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The formed ring is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered hydrocarbon ring or heterocyclic ring, and more preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered hydrocarbon ring.

關於Rs1 ~Rs5 ,從賦予耐性的觀點考慮,Rs1 ~Rs5 為氫原子或Rs1 ~Rs5 中的4個為氫原子而1個為磺酸基、-SO3 M1 或鹵素原子為較佳。該等之中,Rs1 ~Rs5 為氫原子或Rs1 ~Rs5 中的4個為氫原子而1個為磺酸基或鹵素原子為特佳。又,關於Rs11 ~Rs15 ,從賦予耐性的觀點考慮,Rs11 ~Rs15 為氫原子或Rs11 ~Rs15 中的4個為氫原子而1個為磺酸基、-SO3 M1 或鹵素原子為較佳。該等之中,Rs11 ~Rs15 為氫原子或Rs11 ~Rs15 中的4個為氫原子而1個為磺酸基或鹵素原子為特佳。Regarding Rs 1 to Rs 5 , from the viewpoint of imparting resistance, Rs 1 to Rs 5 are hydrogen atoms or 4 of Rs 1 to Rs 5 are hydrogen atoms and 1 is a sulfonic acid group, -SO 3 M 1 or halogen Atoms are preferred. Among these, it is particularly preferable that Rs 1 to Rs 5 are hydrogen atoms, or that 4 of Rs 1 to Rs 5 are hydrogen atoms and one is a sulfonic acid group or a halogen atom. Regarding Rs 11 to Rs 15 , from the viewpoint of imparting resistance, Rs 11 to Rs 15 are hydrogen atoms or 4 of Rs 11 to Rs 15 are hydrogen atoms and 1 is a sulfonic acid group, -SO 3 M 1 Or a halogen atom is preferred. Among these, it is particularly preferable that Rs 11 to Rs 15 are hydrogen atoms, or 4 of Rs 11 to Rs 15 are hydrogen atoms and 1 is a sulfonic acid group or a halogen atom.

Rs21 ~Rs28 、Rs31 ~Rs38 所表示之烷基及烷氧基的碳數為1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~8為進一步較佳,1~5為更進一步較佳,1~3為特佳。烷基及烷氧基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。烷基及烷氧基可以具有取代基,亦可以為未經取代。作為取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團。The alkyl groups and alkoxy groups represented by Rs 21 to Rs 28 and Rs 31 to Rs 38 preferably have 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 8, and 1 to 5 More preferably, 1 to 3 are particularly preferred. The alkyl group and the alkoxy group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred, and linear is more preferred. The alkyl group and the alkoxy group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the group demonstrated in the substituent T mentioned later can be mentioned.

Rs21 ~Rs28 、Rs31 ~Rs38 所表示之烯基的碳數為2~20為較佳,2~12為更佳,2~8為特佳。烯基可以為直鏈、支鏈中的任一種,直鏈為較佳。烯基可以具有取代基,亦可以為未經取代。作為取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團。The carbon number of the alkenyl group represented by Rs 21 to Rs 28 and Rs 31 to Rs 38 is preferably 2-20, more preferably 2-12, and particularly preferably 2-8. The alkenyl group may be either straight chain or branched chain, and straight chain is preferred. The alkenyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the group demonstrated in the substituent T mentioned later can be mentioned.

Rs21 ~Rs28 、Rs31 ~Rs38 所表示之芳基及芳氧基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。芳基及芳氧基可以具有取代基,亦可以為未經取代。作為取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團。The aryl groups and aryloxy groups represented by Rs 21 to Rs 28 and Rs 31 to Rs 38 preferably have 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl group and the aryloxy group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the group demonstrated in the substituent T mentioned later can be mentioned.

Rs21 ~Rs28 、Rs31 ~Rs38 所表示之芳烷基的碳數為7~40為較佳,7~30為更佳,7~25為進一步較佳。The carbon number of the aralkyl group represented by Rs 21 to Rs 28 and Rs 31 to Rs 38 is preferably 7-40, more preferably 7-30, and still more preferably 7-25.

在Rs21 ~Rs28 、Rs31 ~Rs38 所表示之-SO3 M2 中,作為M2 的無機陽離子或有機陽離子,能夠沒有限制地採用公知者。例如,可以舉出鹼金屬離子(Li+ 、Na+ 、K+ 等)、銨離子、咪唑鎓、吡啶鎓離子及鏻離子等。In -SO 3 M 2 represented by Rs 21 to Rs 28 and Rs 31 to Rs 38 , known ones can be used without limitation as the inorganic cation or organic cation of M 2. For example, alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K +, etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, and phosphonium ions can be cited.

作為Rs21 ~Rs28 、Rs31 ~Rs38 所表示之鹵素原子,可以舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子。Examples of the halogen atom represented by Rs 21 to Rs 28 and Rs 31 to Rs 38 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

在Rs21 ~Rs28 、Rs31 ~Rs38 所表示之-NRX1 RX2 、-SO2 NRX1 RX2 、-COORX3 及-CONRX1 RX2 中,RX1 ~RX3 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、醯基或雜環基。In Rs 21 ~Rs 28 , Rs 31 ~Rs 38 represented by -NR X1 R X2 , -SO 2 NR X1 R X2 , -COOR X3 and -CONR X1 R X2 , R X1 ~R X3 each independently represent hydrogen Atom, alkyl group, aryl group, acyl group or heterocyclic group.

RX1 ~RX3 所表示之烷基的碳數為1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~8為進一步較佳,1~5為更進一步較佳,1~3為特佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以為未經取代。作為取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團。The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R X1 to R X3 is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 15, more preferably from 1 to 8, more preferably from 1 to 5, and particularly from 1 to 3 good. The alkyl group may be any of straight chain, branched chain, and cyclic, and straight chain or branched chain is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the group demonstrated in the substituent T mentioned later can be mentioned.

RX1 ~RX3 所表示之芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。芳基可以具有取代基,亦可以為未經取代。作為取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團。The carbon number of the aryl group represented by R X1 to R X3 is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, and still more preferably 6-12. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the group demonstrated in the substituent T mentioned later can be mentioned.

RX1 ~RX3 所表示之雜環基為單環的雜環基或縮合數為2~8的縮合環的雜環基為較佳,單環的雜環基或縮合數為2~4的縮合環的雜環基為更佳,單環的雜環基為進一步較佳。構成雜環基的環之雜原子的數為1~3為較佳。構成雜環基的環之雜原子為氮原子、氧原子或硫原子為較佳,氮原子為更佳。雜環基為5員環或6員環為較佳。構成雜環基的環之碳原子的數為3~30為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳。雜環基可以具有取代基,亦可以為未經取代。作為取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團。作為雜環基的具體例,可以舉出吡啶基等。吡啶基可以具有取代基。The heterocyclic group represented by R X1 to R X3 is preferably a monocyclic heterocyclic group or a condensed ring heterocyclic group with a condensation number of 2-8, and a monocyclic heterocyclic group or a condensation number of 2 to 4 The heterocyclic group of the condensed ring is more preferable, and the heterocyclic group of a monocyclic ring is still more preferable. The number of heteroatoms in the ring constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The hetero atom constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, more preferably a nitrogen atom. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 3-30, more preferably 3-18, and still more preferably 3-12. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the group demonstrated in the substituent T mentioned later can be mentioned. As a specific example of a heterocyclic group, a pyridyl group etc. are mentioned. The pyridyl group may have a substituent.

作為RX1 ~RX3 所表示之醯基,可以舉出甲醯基、烷基羰基及芳基羰基。烷基羰基的碳數為2~20為較佳,2~15為更佳,2~8為進一步較佳。芳基羰基的碳數為7~30為較佳,7~20為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳。烷基羰基的烷基部位及芳基羰基的芳基部位可以具有取代基,亦可以為未經取代。作為取代基,可以舉出後述之取代基T中所說明之基團。Examples of the acyl group represented by R X1 to R X3 include a formyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, and an arylcarbonyl group. The carbon number of the alkylcarbonyl group is preferably 2-20, more preferably 2-15, and still more preferably 2-8. The carbon number of the arylcarbonyl group is preferably 7-30, more preferably 7-20, and still more preferably 7-12. The alkyl part of the alkylcarbonyl group and the aryl part of the arylcarbonyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the group demonstrated in the substituent T mentioned later can be mentioned.

在-NRX1 RX2 、-SO2 NRX1 RX2 及-CONRX1 RX2 中,RX1 與RX2 可以相互鍵結而形成環。所形成之環為5員環或6員環為較佳。In -NR X1 R X2 , -SO 2 NR X1 R X2 and -CONR X1 R X2 , R X1 and R X2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The formed ring is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.

Rs21 ~Rs28 、Rs31 ~Rs38 中的相鄰之基團彼此可以相互鍵結而形成環。所形成之環可以為烴環,亦可以為雜環。又,烴環及雜環可以為芳香族環,亦可以為非芳香族環。又,烴環及雜環可以為單環,亦可以為縮合環。所形成之環為5員環或6員環的烴環或者雜環為較佳,5員環或6員環的烴環為更佳。Adjacent groups among Rs 21 to Rs 28 and Rs 31 to Rs 38 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The formed ring may be a hydrocarbon ring or a heterocyclic ring. In addition, the hydrocarbon ring and the heterocyclic ring may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring. In addition, the hydrocarbon ring and the heterocyclic ring may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The formed ring is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered hydrocarbon ring or heterocyclic ring, and more preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered hydrocarbon ring.

Rs21 ~Rs28 、Rs31 ~Rs38 分別獨立地為氫原子、烷基、羥基、-NRX1 RX2 、磺酸基、-SO3 M2 、-COORX3 、硝基或鹵素原子為較佳,氫原子為更佳。Rs 21 to Rs 28 and Rs 31 to Rs 38 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, -NR X1 R X2 , a sulfonic acid group, -SO 3 M 2 , -COOR X3 , a nitro group or a halogen atom. Preferably, a hydrogen atom is more preferable.

(取代基T) 作為取代基T,可以舉出鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、雜環基、-ORt1 、-CORt1 、-COORt1 、-OCORt1 、-NRt1 Rt2 、-NHCORt1 、-CONRt1 Rt2 、-NHCONRt1 Rt2 、-NHCOORt1 、-SRt1 、-SO2 Rt1 、-SO2 ORt1 、-NHSO2 Rt1 、-SO2 NRt1 Rt2 及-SO3 Mt1 。Rt1 及Rt2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基或雜環基。Rt1 與Rt2 可以鍵結而形成環。Mt1 表示無機陽離子或有機陽離子。(Substituent T) Examples of the substituent T include halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, aryl groups, heterocyclic groups, -ORt 1 , -CORt 1 , -COORt 1 , -OCORt 1 , -NRt 1 Rt 2 , -NHCORt 1 , -CONRt 1 Rt 2 , -NHCONRt 1 Rt 2 , -NHCOORt 1 , -SRt 1 , -SO 2 Rt 1 , -SO 2 ORt 1 , -NHSO 2 Rt 1. -SO 2 NRt 1 Rt 2 and -SO 3 Mt 1 . Rt 1 and Rt 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. Rt 1 and Rt 2 may be bonded to form a ring. Mt 1 represents an inorganic cation or an organic cation.

作為鹵素原子,可以舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子。 烷基的碳數為1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~8為進一步較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈及環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳。 烯基的碳數為2~20為較佳,2~12為更佳,2~8為特佳。烯基可以為直鏈及支鏈中的任一種。 炔基的碳數為2~40為較佳,2~30為更佳,2~25為特佳。炔基可以為直鏈及支鏈中的任一種。 芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。 雜環基為單環的雜環基或縮合數為2~8的縮合環的雜環基為較佳,單環的雜環基或縮合數為2~4的縮合環的雜環基為更佳。構成雜環基的環之雜原子的數為1~3為較佳。構成雜環基的環之雜原子為氮氣原子、氧原子或硫原子為較佳。雜環基為5員環或6員環為較佳。構成雜環基的環之碳原子的數為3~30為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳。 烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基及雜環基可以具有取代基,亦可以為未經取代。作為取代基,可以舉出上述取代基T中所說明之取代基。 作為Mt1 所表示之無機陽離子或有機陽離子,可以舉出鹼金屬離子(Li+ 、Na+ 、K+ 等)、銨離子、咪唑鎓、吡啶鎓離子及鏻離子等。Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, and still more preferably 1-8. The alkyl group may be any of straight chain, branched chain and cyclic, and straight chain or branched chain is preferred. The carbon number of the alkenyl group is preferably 2-20, more preferably 2-12, particularly preferably 2-8. The alkenyl group may be either straight chain or branched chain. The carbon number of the alkynyl group is preferably 2-40, more preferably 2-30, particularly preferably 2-25. The alkynyl group may be either straight chain or branched chain. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, and still more preferably 6-12. The heterocyclic group is preferably a monocyclic heterocyclic group or a condensed heterocyclic group having a condensation number of 2-8, and a monocyclic heterocyclic group or a condensed heterocyclic group having a condensation number of 2 to 4 is more preferred. good. The number of heteroatoms in the ring constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The hetero atom constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 3-30, more preferably 3-18, and still more preferably 3-12. The alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, and heterocyclic group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the substituents described in the above-mentioned substituent T. Examples of the inorganic cation or organic cation represented by Mt 1 include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K +, etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, and phosphonium ions.

再者,在式(SQ1)中,陽離子非定域化而存在。例如,在下述結構的化合物中,陽離子如下非定域化而存在。 [化學式9]

Figure 02_image023
Furthermore, in the formula (SQ1), the cation is non-localized and exists. For example, in the compound of the following structure, the cation exists in a nonlocalized manner as follows. [Chemical formula 9]
Figure 02_image023

式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素為在波長700~1300nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長之化合物為較佳,在波長700~1000nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長之化合物為更佳。The near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1) is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 700 to 1300 nm, and more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 700 to 1000 nm.

作為式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素的具體例,可以舉出下述結構的化合物、日本特開2019-011455號公報的0224~0341段中所記載的化合物、國際公開第2018/230486號的0221~0377段中所記載的化合物。 [化學式10]

Figure 02_image025
[化學式11]
Figure 02_image027
[化學式12]
Figure 02_image029
[化學式13]
Figure 02_image031
[化學式14]
Figure 02_image033
[化學式15]
Figure 02_image035
[化學式16]
Figure 02_image037
[化學式17]
Figure 02_image039
[化學式18]
Figure 02_image041
[化學式19]
Figure 02_image043
[化學式20]
Figure 02_image045
Specific examples of the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1) include compounds having the following structures, the compounds described in paragraphs 0224 to 0341 of JP 2019-011455 A, and International Publication No. 2018/230486 No. The compounds described in paragraphs 0221 to 0377. [Chemical formula 10]
Figure 02_image025
[Chemical formula 11]
Figure 02_image027
[Chemical formula 12]
Figure 02_image029
[Chemical formula 13]
Figure 02_image031
[Chemical formula 14]
Figure 02_image033
[Chemical formula 15]
Figure 02_image035
[Chemical formula 16]
Figure 02_image037
[Chemical formula 17]
Figure 02_image039
[Chemical formula 18]
Figure 02_image041
[Chemical formula 19]
Figure 02_image043
[Chemical formula 20]
Figure 02_image045

式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素的含量在本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分中為1質量%以上為較佳,3質量%以上為更佳,5質量%以上為進一步較佳,10質量%以上為特佳。又,式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素的含量的上限為50質量%以下為較佳,45質量%以下為更佳,40質量%以下為進一步較佳。樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上之情況下,該等合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1) is preferably 1% by mass or more in the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more , 10% by mass or more is particularly good. Moreover, the upper limit of the content of the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1) is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 45% by mass or less, and more preferably 40% by mass or less. The resin composition may include only one type of near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1), or may include two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above-mentioned range.

<<式(AS1)所表示之化合物>> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有式(AS1)所表示之化合物。 [化學式21]

Figure 02_image047
式(AS1)中,RA1 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基或雜芳基;RA2 及RA3 分別獨立地表示烷基、烯基、芳基或雜芳基,RA1 與RA2 可以相互鍵結而形成環,RA2 與RA3 可以相互鍵結而形成環。<<The compound represented by the formula (AS1)>> The resin composition of the present invention contains the compound represented by the formula (AS1). [Chemical formula 21]
Figure 02_image047
In the formula (AS1), R A1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group; R A2 and R A3 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and R A1 and R A2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and R A2 and R A3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.

RA1 ~RA3 所表示之烷基的碳數為1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~8為進一步較佳,1~5為更進一步較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。烷基可以具有取代基,但是未經取代為較佳。The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R A1 to R A3 is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-8, and still more preferably 1-5. The alkyl group may be any of straight chain, branched chain, and cyclic, and straight chain or branched chain is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkyl group may have a substituent, but it is preferably unsubstituted.

RA1 ~RA3 所表示之烯基的碳數為2~20為較佳,2~12為更佳,2~8為進一步較佳。烯基可以為直鏈、支鏈中的任一種,直鏈為較佳。烯基可以具有取代基,但是未經取代為較佳。The carbon number of the alkenyl group represented by R A1 to R A3 is preferably 2-20, more preferably 2-12, and still more preferably 2-8. The alkenyl group may be either straight chain or branched chain, and straight chain is preferred. The alkenyl group may have a substituent, but it is preferably unsubstituted.

RA1 ~RA3 所表示之芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。芳基可以具有取代基,但是未經取代為較佳。The carbon number of the aryl group represented by R A1 to R A3 is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, and still more preferably 6-12. The aryl group may have a substituent, but it is preferably unsubstituted.

RX1 ~RX3 所表示之雜環基為單環的雜環基或縮合數為2~8的縮合環的雜環基為較佳,單環的雜環基或縮合數為2~4的縮合環的雜環基為更佳,單環的雜環基為進一步較佳。構成雜環基的環之雜原子的數為1~3為較佳。構成雜環基的環之雜原子為氮原子、氧原子或硫原子為較佳,氮原子為更佳。雜環基為5員環或6員環為較佳。構成雜環基的環之碳原子的數為3~30為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳。雜環基可以具有取代基,但是未經取代為較佳。The heterocyclic group represented by R X1 to R X3 is preferably a monocyclic heterocyclic group or a condensed ring heterocyclic group with a condensation number of 2-8, and a monocyclic heterocyclic group or a condensation number of 2 to 4 The heterocyclic group of the condensed ring is more preferable, and the heterocyclic group of a monocyclic ring is still more preferable. The number of heteroatoms in the ring constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The hetero atom constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, more preferably a nitrogen atom. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 3-30, more preferably 3-18, and still more preferably 3-12. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent, but it is preferably unsubstituted.

RA1 與RA2 可以相互鍵結而形成環,RA2 與RA3 可以相互鍵結而形成環。該等基團彼此鍵結而形成之環為5員環或6員環為較佳。再者,在式(AS1)中RA1 與RA2 鍵結而形成環之情況下,式(AS1)為式(AS1-1)所表示之結構。又,在式(AS1)中RA2 與RA3 鍵結而形成環之情況下,式(AS1)為式(AS1-2)所表示之結構。 [化學式22]

Figure 02_image049
R A1 and R A2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and R A2 and R A3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The ring formed by bonding these groups to each other is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. Furthermore, in the case where R A1 and R A2 are bonded to form a ring in the formula (AS1), the formula (AS1) is the structure represented by the formula (AS1-1). In addition, in formula (AS1), when R A2 and R A3 are bonded to form a ring, formula (AS1) is a structure represented by formula (AS1-2). [Chemical formula 22]
Figure 02_image049

式(AS1-1)中,RA3 表示烷基、烯基、芳基或雜芳基,環ZA1 表示5員環或6員環。 式(AS1-2)中,RA1 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基或雜芳基,環ZA2 表示5員環或6員環。In the formula (AS1-1), R A3 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and the ring Z A1 represents a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. In the formula (AS1-2), R A1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and the ring Z A2 represents a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.

在式(AS1)中,RA2 及RA3 中的至少一者為烷基為較佳。又,作為更佳的一態樣,可以舉出RA1 ~RA3 分別獨立地表示烷基之態樣。依據該態樣,難以阻礙與式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素的相互作用,從而能夠期待顯著的效果。又,作為其他更佳態樣,可以舉出RA3 表示烷基且RA2 與RA3 相互鍵結而形成環之態樣。依據該態樣,式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素與式(AS1)所表示之化合物的空間排斥得到抑制,式(AS1)所表示之化合物變得容易接近式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素,從而能夠期待更顯著的效果。In formula (AS1), at least one of R A2 and R A3 is preferably an alkyl group. Moreover, as a more preferable aspect, the aspect in which R A1 to R A3 each independently represent an alkyl group can be mentioned. According to this aspect, it is difficult to inhibit the interaction with the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1), and a significant effect can be expected. In addition, as another preferable aspect, an aspect in which R A3 represents an alkyl group, and R A2 and R A3 are bonded to each other to form a ring. According to this aspect, the steric repulsion between the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1) and the compound represented by the formula (AS1) is suppressed, and the compound represented by the formula (AS1) becomes more accessible to that represented by the formula (SQ1) Near-infrared absorbing pigments can expect more significant effects.

式(AS1)所表示之化合物的沸點為50℃~350℃為較佳,100℃~300℃為更佳,150℃~250℃為進一步較佳。只要沸點在上述範圍內,則基於成膜時或製作元件時等的加熱而化合物從式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素脫離等得到抑制,從而可以獲得更顯著的效果。The boiling point of the compound represented by formula (AS1) is preferably 50°C to 350°C, more preferably 100°C to 300°C, and more preferably 150°C to 250°C. As long as the boiling point is within the above range, the separation of the compound from the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1) and the like can be suppressed by heating during film formation or element production, etc., and a more significant effect can be obtained.

式(AS1)所表示之化合物的分子量為73~1000為較佳,73~500為更佳,73~300為進一步較佳。只要分子量在上述範圍內,則分子的空間擁擠少,式(AS1)所表示之化合物變得容易接近式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素,從而可以獲得更顯著的效果。The molecular weight of the compound represented by formula (AS1) is preferably 73-1000, more preferably 73-500, and even more preferably 73-300. As long as the molecular weight is within the above-mentioned range, the space of the molecule is less crowded, and the compound represented by formula (AS1) becomes more accessible to the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by formula (SQ1), and a more significant effect can be obtained.

作為式(AS1)所表示之化合物的具體例,可以舉出N-甲基吡咯啶酮、二甲基乙醯胺及N-乙基吡咯啶酮等,N-甲基吡咯啶酮及二甲基乙醯胺為較佳。Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AS1) include N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethylacetamide, N-ethylpyrrolidone, etc., N-methylpyrrolidone and dimethylpyrrolidone Alkylacetamide is preferred.

本發明的樹脂組成物含有0.001~1000質量ppm的式(AS1)所表示之化合物。從容易抑制在液中由酸鹽基相互作用而引起之凝膠狀異物等的產生且容易獲得優異之保存穩定性等原因考慮,上限為950質量ppm以下為較佳,500質量ppm以下為更佳,200質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。從耐光性的觀點考慮,下限為0.005質量ppm以上為較佳,0.01質量ppm以上為更佳,0.1質量ppm以上為進一步較佳。The resin composition of the present invention contains 0.001 to 1000 ppm by mass of the compound represented by formula (AS1). Considering that it is easy to suppress the generation of gelatinous foreign matter caused by the interaction of acid salt groups in the liquid and to obtain excellent storage stability, the upper limit is preferably 950 mass ppm or less, and more preferably 500 mass ppm or less. Preferably, it is more preferably 200 ppm by mass or less. From the viewpoint of light resistance, the lower limit is preferably 0.005 ppm by mass or more, more preferably 0.01 ppm by mass or more, and even more preferably 0.1 ppm by mass or more.

又,本發明的樹脂組成物相對於式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素的100質量份含有0.00000001~20質量份的式(AS1)所表示之化合物為較佳。只要為該態樣,則可以更顯著地獲得本發明的效果。下限為0.00000005質量份以上為較佳,0.0000001質量份以上為更佳,0.000001質量份以上為進一步較佳。上限為10質量份以下為較佳,5質量份以下為更佳,2質量份以下為進一步較佳。In addition, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains 0.00000001 to 20 parts by mass of the compound represented by formula (AS1) with respect to 100 parts by mass of the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by formula (SQ1). As long as it is in this aspect, the effect of the present invention can be more remarkably obtained. The lower limit is preferably 0.00000005 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.0000001 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 0.000001 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 5 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 2 parts by mass or less.

<<樹脂>> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有樹脂。樹脂例如以使顏料等粒子分散於樹脂組成物中之用途或黏合劑的用途進行摻合。再者,將主要用於使顏料等粒子分散之樹脂亦稱為分散劑。其中,樹脂的該種用途為一例,亦能夠以除了該種用途以外的目的使用樹脂。<<Resin>> The resin composition of the present invention contains resin. The resin is blended for the purpose of dispersing particles such as pigments in the resin composition or the use of a binder, for example. In addition, the resin mainly used to disperse pigments and other particles is also called a dispersant. Among them, this kind of use of the resin is an example, and the resin can also be used for purposes other than this kind of use.

樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)為2000~2000000為較佳。上限為1000000以下為較佳,500000以下為更佳。下限為3000以上為較佳,5000以上為更佳。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 2,000-2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 3000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more.

作為樹脂,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、烯-硫醇樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚醚樹脂、聚芳酯樹脂、聚碸樹脂、聚醚碸樹脂、聚伸苯樹脂(polyphenylene resin)、聚芳醚膦氧化物樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂、聚烯烴樹脂、環烯烴樹脂、聚酯樹脂、苯乙烯樹脂等。可以從該等樹脂中單獨使用1種,亦可以混合使用2種以上。作為環烯烴樹脂,從提高耐熱性的觀點考慮,降莰烯樹脂為較佳。作為降莰烯樹脂的市售品,例如可以舉出JSR Corporation製造之ARTON系列(例如,ARTON F4520)等。作為環氧樹脂,例如可以舉出作為酚化合物的縮水甘油醚化物之環氧樹脂、作為各種酚醛清漆樹脂的縮水甘油醚化物之環氧樹脂、脂環式環氧樹脂、脂肪族系環氧樹脂、雜環式環氧樹脂、縮水甘油酯系環氧樹脂、縮水甘油胺系環氧樹脂、將鹵化酚類進行縮水甘油基化而成之環氧樹脂、具有環氧基之矽化合物與除此以外的矽化合物的縮合物及具有環氧基之聚合性不飽和化合物與除此以外的其他聚合性不飽和化合物的共聚物等。又,環氧樹脂亦能夠使用Marproof G-0150M、G-0105SA、G-0130SP、G-0250SP、G-1005S、G-1005SA、G-1010S、G-2050M、G-01100、G-01758(NOF CORPORATION製造,含有環氧基之聚合物)等。又,樹脂亦能夠使用國際公開第2016/088645號的實施例中所記載的樹脂。又,在樹脂在側鏈上具有含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基團、尤其具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之情況下,主鏈與含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基團經由具有脂環構造之2價的連接基鍵結亦為較佳。Examples of resins include (meth)acrylic resins, epoxy resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polyether resins, polyether tertene resins, and polystyrene resins. (Polyphenylene resin), polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyimide resin, polyolefin resin, cycloolefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, etc. These resins may be used individually by 1 type, and 2 or more types may be mixed and used for it. As the cycloolefin resin, a norbornene resin is preferred from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance. As a commercially available product of norbornene resin, for example, ARTON series manufactured by JSR Corporation (for example, ARTON F4520) and the like can be cited. Examples of epoxy resins include epoxy resins which are glycidyl ether compounds of phenolic compounds, epoxy resins which are glycidyl ether compounds of various novolak resins, alicyclic epoxy resins, and aliphatic epoxy resins. , Heterocyclic epoxy resins, glycidyl ester epoxy resins, glycidylamine epoxy resins, epoxy resins made by glycidylation of halogenated phenols, silicon compounds with epoxy groups, and others Condensates of other silicon compounds and copolymers of polymerizable unsaturated compounds having epoxy groups and other polymerizable unsaturated compounds, etc. In addition, the epoxy resin can also use Marproof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G-0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (NOF Corporation manufactured, epoxy-containing polymer) and so on. In addition, the resin described in the examples of International Publication No. 2016/088645 can also be used. In addition, when the resin has an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain, especially a (meth)acrylic acid group, the main chain and the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group are connected via an alicyclic structure. A divalent linking group is also preferred.

本發明的樹脂組成物包含鹼可溶性樹脂為較佳。藉由本發明的樹脂組成物包含鹼可溶性樹脂,能夠提高樹脂組成物的顯影性,在使用本發明的樹脂組成物並使用光微影法進行了圖案形成時,能夠有效地抑制顯影殘渣的產生等。作為鹼可溶性樹脂,可以舉出具有酸基之樹脂。作為酸基,可以舉出羧基、磷酸基、磺酸基及苯酚性羥基等,羧基為較佳。鹼可溶性樹脂所具有之酸基可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。再者,鹼可溶性樹脂亦能夠用作分散劑。The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains an alkali-soluble resin. When the resin composition of the present invention contains an alkali-soluble resin, the developability of the resin composition can be improved. When the resin composition of the present invention is used for pattern formation using the photolithography method, the generation of development residues can be effectively suppressed. . Examples of alkali-soluble resins include resins having acid groups. As an acid group, a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, etc. are mentioned, and a carboxyl group is preferable. The acid group possessed by the alkali-soluble resin may be only one type or two or more types. Furthermore, alkali-soluble resins can also be used as dispersants.

鹼可溶性樹脂包含在側鏈上具有酸基之重複單元為較佳,在樹脂的所有重複單元中包含5~70莫耳%的在側鏈上具有酸基之重複單元為更佳。在側鏈上具有酸基之重複單元的含量的上限為50莫耳%以下為較佳,30莫耳%以下為更佳。在側鏈上具有酸基之重複單元的含量的下限為10莫耳%以上為較佳,20莫耳%以上為更佳。Alkali-soluble resins preferably contain repeating units having acid groups on the side chains, and more preferably 5 to 70 mol% of the repeating units having acid groups on the side chains are contained in all the repeating units of the resin. The upper limit of the content of the repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain is preferably 50 mol% or less, and more preferably 30 mol% or less. The lower limit of the content of the repeating unit having an acid group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, and more preferably 20 mol% or more.

鹼可溶性樹脂為具有聚合性基之鹼可溶性樹脂亦為較佳。作為聚合性基,可以舉出(甲基)烯丙基及(甲基)丙烯醯基等。具有聚合性基之鹼可溶性樹脂為包含在側鏈上具有聚合性基之重複單元及在側鏈上具有酸基之重複單元之樹脂為較佳。The alkali-soluble resin is also preferably an alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group. As a polymerizable group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, etc. are mentioned. The alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group is preferably a resin including a repeating unit having a polymerizable group on the side chain and a repeating unit having an acid group on the side chain.

鹼可溶性樹脂包括來自包含下述式(ED1)所表示之化合物和/或下述式(ED2)所表示之化合物(以下,有時將該等化合物稱為“醚二聚物”。)之單體成分之重複單元亦為較佳。Alkali-soluble resins include those derived from a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as "ether dimers"). The repeating unit of the body composition is also preferred.

[化學式23]

Figure 02_image051
[Chemical formula 23]
Figure 02_image051

式(ED1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或可以具有取代基之碳數1~25的烴基。 [化學式24]

Figure 02_image053
式(ED2)中,R表示氫原子或碳數1~30的有機基團。關於式(ED2)的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2010-168539號公報的記載,將該內容編入本說明書中。In the formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms. [Chemical formula 24]
Figure 02_image053
In formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Regarding the details of the formula (ED2), refer to the description in JP 2010-168539 A, which is incorporated into this specification.

作為醚二聚體的具體例,例如能夠參閱日本特開2013-029760號公報的0317段的記載,將該內容編入本說明書中。As a specific example of the ether dimer, for example, the description in paragraph 0317 of JP 2013-029760 A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

鹼可溶性樹脂包含來自下述式(X)所表示之化合物之重複單元亦為較佳。 [化學式25]

Figure 02_image055
式(X)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,R2 表示碳數2~10的伸烷基,R3 表示可以包含氫原子或苯環的碳數1~20的烷基。n表示1~15的整數。It is also preferable that the alkali-soluble resin contains a repeating unit derived from the compound represented by the following formula (X). [Chemical formula 25]
Figure 02_image055
In the formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a hydrogen atom or a benzene ring. n represents an integer of 1-15.

關於鹼可溶性樹脂,能夠參閱日本特開2012-208494號公報的0558~0571段(所對應之美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的0685~0700段)的記載及日本特開2012-198408號公報的0076~0099段的記載,將該等內容編入本說明書中。Regarding alkali-soluble resins, refer to the description in paragraphs 0558-0571 of JP 2012-208494 (corresponding to paragraphs 0685-0700 of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099) and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-198408 The descriptions in paragraphs 0076 to 0099 of the bulletin are incorporated into this specification.

鹼可溶性樹脂的酸值為30~500mgKOH/g為較佳。下限為50mgKOH/g以上為較佳,70mgKOH/g以上為更佳。上限為400mgKOH/g以下為較佳,300mgKOH/g以下為更佳,200mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳。The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 300 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂的具體例,例如可以舉出下述結構的樹脂等。以下的結構式中,Me表示甲基。 [化學式26]

Figure 02_image057
As a specific example of an alkali-soluble resin, the resin of the following structure etc. are mentioned, for example. In the following structural formulae, Me represents a methyl group. [Chemical formula 26]
Figure 02_image057

本發明的樹脂組成物包含具有鹼基之樹脂亦為較佳。作為鹼基,可以舉出胺基及銨鹽基等。具有鹼基之樹脂除了鹼基以外還可以具有酸基。具有鹼基之樹脂較佳地用作式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素的分散劑。再者,在具有鹼基之樹脂還具有酸基之情況下,該種樹脂亦為鹼可溶性樹脂。It is also preferable that the resin composition of the present invention contains a resin having a basic group. As a base, an amino group, an ammonium salt group, etc. are mentioned. The resin having a base may have an acid group in addition to the base. A resin having a base is preferably used as a dispersant for the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1). Furthermore, when the resin having a basic group also has an acid group, the resin is also an alkali-soluble resin.

作為具有鹼基之樹脂,可以舉出具有3級胺基及4級銨鹽基之樹脂。具有3級胺基及4級銨鹽基之樹脂較佳地用作式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素的分散劑。具有3級胺基及4級銨鹽基之樹脂為具備具有3級胺基之重複單元及具有4級銨鹽基之重複單元之樹脂為較佳。又,具有3級胺基及4級銨鹽基之樹脂還可以具備具有酸基之重複單元。具有3級胺基及4級銨鹽基之樹脂具有嵌段結構亦為較佳。具有3級胺基及4級銨鹽基之樹脂的胺值為10~250mgKOH/g且4級銨鹽值為10~90mgKOH/g者為較佳,胺值為50~200mgKOH/g且4級銨鹽值為10~50mgKOH/g者為更佳。具有3級胺基及4級銨鹽基之樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)為3000~300000為較佳,5000~30000為更佳。關於具有3級胺基及4級銨鹽基之樹脂,能夠將具有3級胺基之乙烯性不飽和單體、具有4級銨鹽基之乙烯性不飽和單體及依據需要將其他乙烯性不飽和單體進行共聚而製造。關於具有3級胺基之乙烯性不飽和單體及具有4級銨鹽基之乙烯性不飽和單體,可以舉出國際公開第2018/230486號的0150~0170段中所記載者,將該內容編入本說明書中。Examples of resins having basic groups include resins having tertiary amine groups and quaternary ammonium salt groups. A resin having a tertiary amine group and a quaternary ammonium salt group is preferably used as a dispersant for the near-infrared absorbing pigment represented by the formula (SQ1). The resin having a tertiary amine group and a quaternary ammonium salt group is preferably a resin having a repeating unit having a tertiary amine group and a repeating unit having a quaternary ammonium salt group. In addition, the resin having a tertiary amine group and a quaternary ammonium salt group may further have a repeating unit having an acid group. It is also preferable that the resin having a tertiary amine group and a tertiary ammonium salt group has a block structure. A resin with a tertiary amine group and a tertiary ammonium salt group has an amine value of 10 to 250 mgKOH/g and a tertiary ammonium salt value of 10 to 90 mgKOH/g, preferably with an amine value of 50 to 200 mgKOH/g and a grade 4 It is more preferable that the ammonium salt value is 10-50 mgKOH/g. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin with tertiary amine groups and quaternary ammonium salt groups is preferably 3,000 to 300,000, more preferably 5,000 to 30,000. Regarding resins with tertiary amine groups and quaternary ammonium salt groups, ethylenically unsaturated monomers with tertiary amine groups, ethylenically unsaturated monomers with quaternary ammonium salt groups, and other ethylenic Unsaturated monomer is produced by copolymerization. Regarding ethylenically unsaturated monomers having tertiary amine groups and ethylenically unsaturated monomers having quaternary ammonium salt groups, those described in paragraphs 0150 to 0170 of International Publication No. 2018/230486 can be cited. The content is incorporated into this manual.

又,作為具有鹼基之樹脂,在主鏈上包含氮原子之樹脂亦為較佳。該樹脂亦較佳地用作式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素的分散劑。在主鏈上包含氮原子之樹脂(以下,亦稱為寡聚亞胺系樹脂)包含選自聚(低級伸烷基亞胺)系重複單元、聚烯丙基胺系重複單元、聚二烯丙基胺系重複單元、間二甲苯二胺-環氧氯丙烷縮聚物系重複單元及聚乙烯胺系重複單元中之至少1種具有氮原子之重複單元為較佳。又,作為寡聚亞胺系樹脂,具有如下重複單元之樹脂為較佳,亦即,具備具有pKa14以下的官能基之部分結構X之重複單元及具有包含原子數40~10000的寡聚物鏈或聚合物鏈Y之側鏈之重複單元。寡聚亞胺系樹脂還可以具備具有酸基之重複單元。關於寡聚亞胺系樹脂,能夠參閱日本特開2012-255128號公報的0102~0166段的記載,將該內容編入本說明書中。In addition, as the resin having a basic group, a resin containing a nitrogen atom in the main chain is also preferable. This resin is also preferably used as a dispersant for the near-infrared absorbing pigment represented by formula (SQ1). The resin containing nitrogen atoms in the main chain (hereinafter also referred to as oligomeric imine resin) contains repeating units selected from poly(lower alkyleneimine), polyallylamine repeating units, and polydienes At least one of the propylamine-based repeating unit, the meta-xylene diamine-epichlorohydrin polycondensate-based repeating unit, and the polyvinylamine-based repeating unit has a nitrogen atom. In addition, as the oligoimine-based resin, a resin having the following repeating unit is preferred, that is, a repeating unit having a partial structure X having a functional group having a pKa14 or less and an oligomer chain containing 40 to 10,000 atoms Or the repeating unit of the side chain of the polymer chain Y. The oligoimine-based resin may further include a repeating unit having an acid group. Regarding the oligoimine-based resin, the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP 2012-255128 A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

本發明的樹脂組成物亦能夠包含作為分散劑的樹脂,包含作為分散劑的樹脂為較佳。分散劑可以舉出酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)及鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)。在此,酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)表示酸基的量多於鹼基的量之樹脂。將酸基的量與鹼基的量的合計量設為100莫耳%時,酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)中的酸基的量佔70莫耳%以上之樹脂為較佳,實質上僅包括酸基之樹脂為更佳。酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)所具有之酸基為羧基為較佳。又,鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)表示鹼基的量多於酸基的量之樹脂。將酸基的量與鹼基的量的合計量設為100莫耳%時,鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)中的鹼基的量超過50莫耳%之樹脂為較佳。作為分散劑,具有鹼基之樹脂為較佳,鹼性分散劑為更佳。The resin composition of the present invention can also contain a resin as a dispersant, and preferably contains a resin as a dispersant. Examples of the dispersant include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (alkaline resins). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) means a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of base groups. When the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of bases is set to 100 mol%, a resin in which the amount of acid groups in the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) occupies 70 mol% or more is preferable, and essentially includes only Acid-based resins are better. The acid group of the acidic dispersant (acid resin) is preferably a carboxyl group. In addition, the basic dispersant (basic resin) means a resin in which the amount of base groups is greater than the amount of acid groups. When the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of bases is 100 mol%, it is preferable that the amount of bases in the alkaline dispersant (alkaline resin) exceeds 50 mol%. As the dispersant, a resin having a basic group is preferred, and a basic dispersant is more preferred.

作為用作分散劑之樹脂,可以舉出上述具有3級胺基及4級銨鹽基之樹脂、寡聚亞胺系樹脂等。又,用作分散劑之樹脂為接枝樹脂亦為較佳。作為接枝樹脂,可以舉出具備具有接枝鏈之重複單元之樹脂。接枝樹脂還可以具備具有酸基之重複單元。關於接枝樹脂的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2012-255128號公報的0025~0094段的記載,將該內容編入本說明書中。又,用作分散劑之樹脂為包含具有酸基之重複單元之樹脂亦為較佳。又,用作分散劑之樹脂為在核心部中鍵結有複數個聚合物鏈之結構的樹脂亦為較佳。作為該種樹脂,例如可以舉出樹枝狀聚合物(包含星型聚合物)。又,作為樹枝狀聚合物的具體例,可以舉出日本特開2013-043962號公報的0196~0209段中所記載之高分子化合物C-1~C-31等。又,亦能夠將上述鹼可溶性樹脂用作分散劑。Examples of the resin used as a dispersant include the above-mentioned resins having tertiary amine groups and quaternary ammonium salt groups, oligomeric imine-based resins, and the like. Furthermore, it is also preferable that the resin used as the dispersant is a graft resin. As the graft resin, a resin having a repeating unit having a graft chain can be exemplified. The graft resin may also have a repeating unit having an acid group. For the details of the graft resin, reference can be made to the descriptions in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP 2012-255128 A, and the contents are incorporated into this specification. Moreover, it is also preferable that the resin used as a dispersing agent is a resin containing the repeating unit which has an acid group. In addition, the resin used as the dispersant is preferably a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core part. Examples of such resins include dendritic polymers (including star polymers). In addition, as specific examples of dendrimers, polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 and the like described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP 2013-043962 A can be cited. In addition, the above-mentioned alkali-soluble resin can also be used as a dispersant.

分散劑亦能夠作為市售品而獲得,作為該種具體例,可以舉出Disperbyk-111(BYK-Chemie GmbH公司製)及Solsperse76500(Lubrizol Japan Limited.製)等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開2014-130338號公報的0041~0130段中所記載之分散劑,將該內容編入本說明書中。The dispersant can also be obtained as a commercially available product, and as specific examples of this type, Disperbyk-111 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie GmbH), Solsperse76500 (manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Limited), and the like can be cited. In addition, the dispersant described in paragraphs 0041 to 0130 of JP 2014-130338 A can also be used, and the content can be incorporated in this specification.

樹脂的含量在樹脂組成物的總固體成分中為1~50質量%為較佳。下限為5質量%以上為較佳,7質量%以上為更佳。上限為40質量%以下為較佳,30質量%以下為更佳。The content of the resin is preferably 1 to 50% by mass in the total solid content of the resin composition. The lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 7% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40% by mass or less, and more preferably 30% by mass or less.

又,在本發明的樹脂組成物含有具有鹼基之樹脂之情況下,具有鹼基之樹脂的含量相對於式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素100質量份為1~100質量份為較佳。上限為80質量份以下為較佳,60質量份以下為更佳。下限為2.5質量份以上為較佳,5質量份以上為更佳。又,樹脂組成物中所包含之樹脂中之具有鹼基之樹脂的含量為10~90質量%為較佳,20~80質量%為更佳,30~70質量%為進一步較佳。In addition, when the resin composition of the present invention contains a resin having a base, the content of the resin having a base is 1-100 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by formula (SQ1). good. The upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 60 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 2.5 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more. In addition, the content of the resin having a basic group in the resin contained in the resin composition is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 20 to 80% by mass, and more preferably 30 to 70% by mass.

又,在本發明的樹脂組成物含有鹼可溶性樹脂之情況下,鹼可溶性樹脂的含量在樹脂組成物的總固體成分中為1~50質量%為較佳。下限為5質量%以上為較佳,7質量%以上為更佳。上限為40質量%以下為較佳,30質量%以下為更佳。又,樹脂組成物中所包含之樹脂中之鹼可溶性樹脂的含量為10~100質量%為較佳,30~100質量%為更佳,50~100質量%為進一步較佳。In addition, when the resin composition of the present invention contains an alkali-soluble resin, the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1 to 50% by mass in the total solid content of the resin composition. The lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 7% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40% by mass or less, and more preferably 30% by mass or less. Furthermore, the content of the alkali-soluble resin in the resin contained in the resin composition is preferably 10-100% by mass, more preferably 30-100% by mass, and still more preferably 50-100% by mass.

又,在本發明的樹脂組成物含有作為分散劑的樹脂之情況下,作為分散劑的樹脂的含量在樹脂組成物的總固體成分中為0.1~40質量%為較佳。上限為20質量%以下為較佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳。下限為0.5質量%以上為較佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。又,作為分散劑的樹脂的含量相對於式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素100質量份為1~100質量份為較佳。上限為80質量份以下為較佳,60質量份以下為更佳。下限為2.5質量份以上為較佳,5質量份以上為更佳。Furthermore, when the resin composition of the present invention contains a resin as a dispersant, the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass in the total solid content of the resin composition. The upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, and more preferably 10% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. In addition, the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by formula (SQ1). The upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 60 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 2.5 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.

本發明的樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種樹脂,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上之情況下,該等合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The resin composition of this invention may contain only 1 type of resin, and may contain 2 or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above-mentioned range.

<<其他近紅外線吸收劑>> 本發明的樹脂組成物能夠含有除了式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素以外的其他近紅外線吸收劑。作為其他近紅外線吸收劑,可以舉出吡咯并吡咯化合物、花青化合物、方酸菁化合物、酞菁化合物、萘酞菁化合物、夸特銳烯化合物、部花青化合物、克酮鎓化合物、氧雜菁化合物、亞銨化合物、二硫醇化合物、三芳基甲烷化合物、吡咯亞甲基化合物、偶氮次甲基化合物、蒽醌化合物、二苯并呋喃酮化合物、二硫烯金屬錯合物、金屬氧化物及金屬硼化物等。<<Other near-infrared absorbers>> The resin composition of the present invention can contain other near-infrared absorbing agents other than the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by formula (SQ1). Examples of other near-infrared absorbers include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squaraine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quatericene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxygen Heterocyanine compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, pyrromethene compounds, azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithioene metal complexes, Metal oxides and metal borides, etc.

其他近紅外線吸收劑的含量相對於式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素的100質量份為400質量份以下為較佳,200質量份以下為更佳,100質量份以下為進一步較佳。又,式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素與其他近紅外線吸收劑的合計含量在本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分中為1質量%以上為較佳,3質量%以上為較佳,5質量%以上為進一步較佳,10質量%以上為特佳。上述合計含量的上限為50質量%以下為較佳,45質量%以下為更佳,40質量%以下為進一步較佳。近紅外線吸收層可以僅包含1種其他近紅外線吸收劑,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上之情況下,該等合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of other near-infrared absorbing agents is preferably 400 parts by mass or less relative to 100 parts by mass of the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by formula (SQ1), more preferably 200 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 100 parts by mass or less. In addition, the total content of the near-infrared absorbing dye and other near-infrared absorbing agents represented by the formula (SQ1) is preferably 1% by mass or more in the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention, and more preferably 3% by mass or more , 5% by mass or more is more preferable, and 10% by mass or more is particularly preferable. The upper limit of the total content is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 45% by mass or less, and more preferably 40% by mass or less. The near-infrared absorbing layer may contain only one kind of other near-infrared absorbing agents, or may contain two or more kinds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above-mentioned range.

又,本發明的樹脂組成物實質上不含有其他近紅外線吸收劑亦為較佳。實質上不含有其他近紅外線吸收劑是指樹脂組成物的總固體成分中之其他近紅外線吸收劑的含量為0.5質量%以下為較佳,0.1質量%以下為更佳,0.05質量%以下為進一步較佳,不含有其他近紅外線吸收劑為特佳。In addition, it is also preferable that the resin composition of the present invention does not substantially contain other near-infrared absorbers. Substantially not containing other near-infrared absorbers means that the content of other near-infrared absorbers in the total solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.5% by mass or less, more preferably 0.1% by mass or less, and more preferably 0.05% by mass or less Preferably, it is particularly preferred that it does not contain other near-infrared absorbers.

<<色素衍生物>> 本發明的樹脂組成物能夠含有色素衍生物。色素衍生物可以為酸性色素衍生物及鹼性色素衍生物中的任一種,但是從式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素的分散性的觀點考慮,酸性色素衍生物為較佳。<<Pigment Derivatives>> The resin composition of the present invention can contain a pigment derivative. The pigment derivative may be either an acid pigment derivative or a basic pigment derivative, but from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the near-infrared absorbing pigment represented by formula (SQ1), the acid pigment derivative is preferred.

作為酸性色素衍生物,可以舉出在色素骨架上鍵結酸基而成之化合物。作為酸基,可以舉出磺酸基、羧基、磷酸基、硼酸、磺醯亞胺基、磺醯胺基及它們的鹽。作為構成鹽之原子或原子團,可以舉出鹼金屬離子(Li+ 、Na+ 、K+ 等)、鹼金屬離子(Ca2+ 、Mg2+ 等)、銨離子、咪唑鎓、吡啶鎓離子及鏻離子等。作為酸性色素衍生物的酸基,磺酸基、羧基、磷酸基、硼酸、磺醯亞胺基、磺醯胺基及它們的鹽為較佳,磺酸基、羧基、磷酸基、磺醯亞胺基、磺醯胺基及它們的鹽為更佳,磺酸基、羧基及它們的鹽為進一步較佳,磺酸基為特佳。Examples of acidic dye derivatives include compounds in which an acid group is bonded to the skeleton of the dye. Examples of the acid group include a sulfonic acid group, a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a boric acid, a sulfonylimide group, a sulfonamide group, and their salts. Examples of the atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K +, etc.), alkali metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+, etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, and Phosphonium ion and so on. As the acid group of the acid pigment derivative, sulfonic acid group, carboxyl group, phosphoric acid group, boric acid, sulfonamide group, sulfonamide group and their salts are preferred, sulfonic acid group, carboxyl group, phosphoric acid group, sulfonamide group An amine group, a sulfonamide group, and their salts are more preferable, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxyl group, and their salts are more preferable, and a sulfonic acid group is particularly preferable.

作為鹼性色素衍生物,可以舉出在色素骨架上鍵結鹼基而成之化合物。作為鹼基,可以舉出胺基、吡啶基及其鹽、銨鹽以及酞醯亞胺甲基。作為構成鹽之原子或原子團,可以舉出氫氧化物離子、鹵素離子、羧酸離子、磺酸離子及酚鹽離子等。作為鹼基,胺基、吡啶基及其鹽、銨鹽以及酞醯亞胺甲基為較佳,胺基、酞醯亞胺甲基為更佳,胺基為進一步較佳。Examples of basic dye derivatives include compounds in which a base is bonded to a dye skeleton. Examples of the base include an amino group, a pyridyl group and a salt thereof, an ammonium salt, and a phthaliminomethyl group. Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenate ions. As the base, an amino group, a pyridyl group and a salt thereof, an ammonium salt, and a phthaliminomethyl group are preferred, an amino group and a phthaliminomethyl group are more preferred, and an amino group is still more preferred.

作為色素衍生物,式(B1)所表示之化合物為較佳。又,酸性色素衍生物為式(B1)的X由酸基表示之化合物為較佳。又,鹼性色素衍生物為式(B1)的X由鹼基表示之化合物為較佳。As the pigment derivative, a compound represented by formula (B1) is preferred. In addition, the acidic dye derivative is preferably a compound in which X in the formula (B1) is represented by an acid group. Furthermore, the basic dye derivative is preferably a compound in which X in the formula (B1) is represented by a base.

[化學式27]

Figure 02_image059
式(B1)中,P表示色素骨架,L表示單鍵或連接基,X表示酸基或鹼基,m表示1以上的整數,n表示1以上的整數,在m為2以上的情況下,複數個L及X可以互不相同,在n為2以上的情況下,複數個X可以互不相同。[Chemical formula 27]
Figure 02_image059
In the formula (B1), P represents the pigment backbone, L represents a single bond or a linking group, X represents an acid group or a base, m represents an integer of 1 or more, and n represents an integer of 1 or more. When m is 2 or more, The plurality of L and X may be different from each other, and when n is 2 or more, the plurality of X may be different from each other.

作為式(B1)的P所表示之色素骨架,可以舉出方酸菁色素骨架、吡咯并吡咯化合物色素骨架、二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物色素骨架、喹吖酮色素骨架、蒽醌色素骨架、聯蒽酮色素骨架、苯并吲哚色素骨架、噻嗪靛藍色素骨架、偶氮色素骨架、喹啉黃色素骨架、酞菁色素骨架、萘酞菁色素骨架、二噁𠯤色素骨架、苝色素骨架、紫環酮色素骨架、苯并咪唑酮色素骨架、苯并噻唑色素骨架、苯并咪唑色素骨架及苯并噁唑色素骨架,選自方酸菁色素骨架、吡咯并吡咯化合物色素骨架、二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物色素骨架、酞菁色素骨架、喹吖酮色素骨架及苯并咪唑酮色素骨架中之至少1種為較佳,方酸菁色素骨架為更佳。The pigment skeleton represented by P of the formula (B1) includes a squarylium pigment skeleton, a pyrrolopyrrole compound pigment skeleton, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound pigment skeleton, a quinacridone pigment skeleton, an anthraquinone pigment skeleton, and Anthrone pigment skeleton, benzoindole pigment skeleton, thiazide indigo pigment skeleton, azo pigment skeleton, quinoline yellow pigment skeleton, phthalocyanine pigment skeleton, naphthalocyanine pigment skeleton, dioxin pigment skeleton, perylene pigment skeleton, Apurone pigment skeleton, benzimidazolone pigment skeleton, benzothiazole pigment skeleton, benzimidazole pigment skeleton and benzoxazole pigment skeleton, selected from the group consisting of squaraine pigment skeleton, pyrrolopyrrole compound pigment skeleton, diketopyrrole At least one of a pyrrole compound dye skeleton, a phthalocyanine dye skeleton, a quinacridone dye skeleton, and a benzimidazolone dye skeleton is preferable, and a squarylium dye skeleton is more preferable.

作為式(B1)的L所表示之連接基,可以舉出由1~100個碳原子、0~10個氮原子、0~50個氧原子、1~200個氫原子及0~20個硫原子組成之基團。例如可以舉出包括烴基、雜環基、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-SO2 -、-NRL -、-NRL CO-、-CONRL -、-NRL SO2 -、-SO2 NRL -及該等組合之基團。RL 表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。烴基可以為脂肪族烴基,亦可以為芳香族烴基。作為烴基,可以舉出伸烷基、伸芳基或從該等基團去除了1個以上的氫原子而獲得之基團。伸烷基的碳數為1~30為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~10為進一步較佳。伸烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種。又,環狀的伸烷基可以為單環、多環中的任一種。伸芳基的碳數為6~18為較佳,6~14為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。雜環基為單環或縮合數為2~4的縮合環為較佳。構成雜環基的環之雜原子的數為1~3為較佳。構成雜環基的環之雜原子為氮氣原子、氧原子或硫原子為較佳。構成雜環基的環之碳原子的數為3~30為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳。烴基及雜環基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可以舉出上述取代基T中所舉出之基團。又,RL 所表示之烷基的碳數為1~20為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~8為進一步較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。RL 所表示之烷基還可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可以舉出上述取代基T。RL 所表示之芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。RL 所表示之芳基還可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可以舉出上述取代基T。As the linking group represented by L of the formula (B1), there can be mentioned 1-100 carbon atoms, 0-10 nitrogen atoms, 0-50 oxygen atoms, 1-200 hydrogen atoms, and 0-20 sulfur atoms. A group of atoms. Examples include hydrocarbon groups, heterocyclic groups, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -SO 2 -, -NR L -, -NR L CO-, -CONR L -, -NR L SO 2 -, -SO 2 NR L -and groups of these combinations. RL represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. The hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an alkylene group, an arylene group, or a group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from these groups. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-15, and still more preferably 1-10. The alkylene group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic. In addition, the cyclic alkylene group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. The carbon number of the arylene group is preferably 6-18, more preferably 6-14, and still more preferably 6-10. The heterocyclic group is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having a condensation number of 2 to 4. The number of heteroatoms in the ring constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The hetero atom constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heterocyclic group is preferably 3-30, more preferably 3-18, and still more preferably 3-12. The hydrocarbon group and heterocyclic group may have a substituent. As the substituent, the groups exemplified in the above-mentioned substituent T can be mentioned. In addition, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by RL is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-15, and still more preferably 1-8. The alkyl group may be any of straight chain, branched chain, and cyclic, and straight chain or branched chain is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The alkyl group represented by RL may further have a substituent. As a substituent, the above-mentioned substituent T can be mentioned. The carbon number of the aryl group represented by RL is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, and still more preferably 6-12. The aryl group represented by RL may further have a substituent. As a substituent, the above-mentioned substituent T can be mentioned.

X表示酸基或鹼基,表示酸基為較佳。X represents an acid group or a base, and an acid group is preferred.

色素衍生物為在波長700~1200nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長之化合物亦為較佳,在波長700~1100nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長之化合物亦為較佳,在波長700~1000nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長之化合物亦為較佳。在上述波長的範圍內具有極大吸收波長之色素衍生物的π平面的擴展能夠容易接近式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素,從而提高式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素的吸附性並容易獲得進一步優異之分散穩定性。又,色素衍生物為具有與式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素中所包含之π共軛平面相同的結構的π共軛平面之化合物亦為較佳。又,顏料衍生物的π共軛平面中所包含之π電子的數為8~100個為較佳。上限為90個以下為較佳,80個以下為更佳。下限為10個以上為較佳,12個以上為更佳。又,色素衍生物為具有包含下述式(SQ-a)所表示之部分結構之π共軛平面之化合物或具有包含下述式(CR-a)所表示之部分結構之π共軛平面之化合物亦為較佳,具有包含下述式(SQ-a)所表示之部分結構之π共軛平面之化合物為更佳。 [化學式28]

Figure 02_image061
上述式中,波線表示鍵結鍵。The pigment derivative is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 700 to 1200 nm, and a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 700 to 1100 nm is also preferable, in the wavelength range of 700 to 1000 nm Compounds with a maximum absorption wavelength are also preferred. The extension of the π-plane of the pigment derivative having a maximum absorption wavelength in the above-mentioned wavelength range can easily approach the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by formula (SQ1), thereby improving the adsorption of the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by formula (SQ1) And it is easy to obtain further excellent dispersion stability. In addition, it is also preferable that the dye derivative is a compound having a π-conjugated plane having the same structure as the π-conjugated plane contained in the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by formula (SQ1). In addition, the number of π electrons contained in the π-conjugated plane of the pigment derivative is preferably 8-100. The upper limit is preferably 90 or less, and more preferably 80 or less. The lower limit is preferably 10 or more, and more preferably 12 or more. In addition, the pigment derivative is a compound having a π-conjugated plane including a partial structure represented by the following formula (SQ-a) or a π-conjugated plane having a partial structure represented by the following formula (CR-a) Compounds are also preferable, and compounds having a π-conjugated plane including the partial structure represented by the following formula (SQ-a) are more preferable. [Chemical formula 28]
Figure 02_image061
In the above formula, the wave line represents the bonding bond.

色素衍生物為選自下述式(Syn1)所表示之化合物及下述式(Syn2)所表示之化合物中之至少1種亦為較佳,下述式(Syn1)所表示之化合物為更佳。 [化學式29]

Figure 02_image063
The pigment derivative is preferably at least one selected from the compound represented by the following formula (Syn1) and the compound represented by the following formula (Syn2), and more preferably the compound represented by the following formula (Syn1) . [Chemical formula 29]
Figure 02_image063

式(Syn1)中,Rsy1 及Rsy2 分別獨立地表示有機基團,L1 表示單鍵或p1+1價的基團,A1 表示酸基或鹼基,p1及q1分別獨立地表示1以上的整數。在p1為2以上的情況下,複數個A1 可以相同亦可以不同。在q1為2以上的情況下,複數個L1 及A1 可以相同亦可以不同。In the formula (Syn1), Rsy 1 and Rsy 2 each independently represent an organic group, L 1 represents a single bond or a p1+1 valent group, A 1 represents an acid group or a base, and p1 and q1 each independently represent 1 The above integer. When p1 is 2 or more, a plurality of A 1 may be the same or different. When q1 is 2 or more, a plurality of L 1 and A 1 may be the same or different.

式(Syn2)中,Rsy3 及Rsy4 分別獨立地表示有機基團,L2 表示單鍵或p2+1價的基團,A2 表示酸基或鹼基,p2及q2分別獨立地表示1以上的整數。在p2為2以上的情況下,複數個A2 可以相同亦可以不同。在q2為2以上的情況下,複數個L2 及A2 可以相同亦可以不同。In the formula (Syn2), Rsy 3 and Rsy 4 each independently represent an organic group, L 2 represents a single bond or a p2+1 valent group, A 2 represents an acid group or a base, and p2 and q2 each independently represent 1 The above integer. When p2 is 2 or more, a plurality of A 2 may be the same or different. When q2 is 2 or more, a plurality of L 2 and A 2 may be the same or different.

作為式(Syn1)的Rsy1 及Rsy2 所表示之有機基團以及式(Syn2)的Rsy3 及Rsy4 所表示之有機基團,可以舉出芳基、雜芳基及下述式(R1)~(R7)所表示之基團。 [化學式30]

Figure 02_image065
Examples of the organic groups represented by Rsy 1 and Rsy 2 in formula (Syn1) and the organic groups represented by Rsy 3 and Rsy 4 in formula (Syn2) include aryl groups, heteroaryl groups, and the following formula (R1 ) ~ (R7) represents the group. [Chemical formula 30]
Figure 02_image065

式(R1)中,R1 ~R3 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,As3 表示雜芳基,nr1 表示0以上的整數,R1 與R2 可以相互鍵結而形成環,R1 與As3 可以相互鍵結而形成環,R2 與R3 可以相互鍵結而形成環,在nr1 為2以上的情況下,複數個R2 及R3 分別可以相同亦可以不同,*表示鍵結鍵。In formula (R1), R 1 to R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, As 3 represents a heteroaryl group, n r1 represents an integer of 0 or more, R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, R 1 and As 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When n r1 is 2 or more, plural R 2 and R 3 may be the same or different, respectively, * Represents a bonding key.

式(R2)中,環Z1 表示可以具有1個或複數個取代基之包含芳香族雜環或芳香族雜環之縮合環,環Z2 表示可以具有1個或複數個取代基之4~9員的烴環或雜環,在環Z1 及環Z2 具有複數個取代基之情況下,複數個取代基可以相同亦可以不同,*表示鍵結鍵。In the formula (R2), ring Z 1 represents a condensed ring containing an aromatic heterocycle or aromatic heterocycle that may have one or more substituents, and ring Z 2 represents 4 to 4 that may have one or more substituents In a 9-membered hydrocarbon ring or heterocyclic ring, when ring Z 1 and ring Z 2 have plural substituents, the plural substituents may be the same or different, and * represents a bonding bond.

式(R3)中,R11 ~R14 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R11 ~R14 中的相鄰之二個基團彼此可以相互鍵結而形成環,R20 表示芳基或雜芳基,R21 表示取代基,X10 表示CO或SO2In formula (R3), R 11 to R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, two adjacent groups in R 11 to R 14 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and R 20 represents an aryl group or For heteroaryl, R 21 represents a substituent, and X 10 represents CO or SO 2 .

式(R4)中,R22 及R23 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R22 與R23 可以相互鍵結而形成環,X20 表示氧原子、硫原子、NR24 、硒原子或碲原子,R24 表示氫原子或取代基,在X20 為NR24 之情況下,R24 與R22 可以相互鍵結而形成環,nr2 表示0~5的整數,在nr2 為2以上的情況下,複數個R22 可以相同亦可以不同,複數個R22 中的2個R22 可以彼此鍵結而形成環,*表示鍵結鍵。In formula (R4), R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 22 and R 23 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and X 20 represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NR 24 , a selenium atom, or tellurium Atom, R 24 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, when X 20 is NR 24 , R 24 and R 22 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, n r2 represents an integer from 0 to 5, where n r2 is 2 or more In this case, the plurality of R 22 may be the same or different, and two R 22 of the plurality of R 22 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and * represents a bonding bond.

式(R5)中,R35 ~R38 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R35 與R36 、R36 與R37 、R37 與R38 可以相互鍵結而形成環,*表示鍵結鍵。In the formula (R5), R 35 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 35 and R 36 , R 36 and R 37 , R 37 and R 38 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and * represents bonding key.

式(R6)中,R39 ~R45 相互獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R39 與R45 、R40 與R41 、R40 與R42 、R42 與R43 、R43 與R44 、R44 與R45 可以相互鍵結而形成環,*表示鍵結鍵。 式(R7)中,X21 表示環構造,R46 ~R50 相互獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R47 與R48 可以相互鍵結而形成環,*表示鍵結鍵。In formula (R6), R 39 to R 45 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 39 and R 45 , R 40 and R 41 , R 40 and R 42 , R 42 and R 43 , R 43 and R 44 , R 44 and R 45 can be bonded to each other to form a ring, and * represents a bonding bond. In the formula (R7), X 21 represents a ring structure, R 46 to R 50 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 47 and R 48 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and * represents a bonding bond.

作為式(Syn1)的L1 所表示之p1+1價的基團及式(Syn2)的L2 所表示之p2+1價的基團,可以舉出作為上述式(B1)的L所表示之連接基進行說明之基團。As the p1+1 valent group represented by L 1 of the formula (Syn1) and the p2+1 valent group represented by L 2 of the formula (Syn2), the expression represented by L of the above formula (B1) can be given The linking group is the group for illustration.

作為色素衍生物的具體例,例如可以舉出下述結構的化合物。又,以下的結構式中,Ph為苯基。又,作為色素衍生物的具體例,亦可以舉出日本特開昭56-118462號公報、日本特開昭63-264674號公報、日本特開平01-217077號公報、日本特開平03-009961號公報、日本特開平03-026767號公報、日本特開平03-153780號公報、日本特開平03-045662號公報、日本特開平04-285669號公報、日本特開平06-145546號公報、日本特開平06-212088號公報、日本特開平06-240158號公報、日本特開平10-030063號公報、日本特開平10-195326號公報、國際公開第2011/024896號的0086~0098段、國際公開第2012/102399號的0063~0094段中所記載的化合物,將該等內容編入本說明書中。As a specific example of a pigment derivative, the compound of the following structure can be mentioned, for example. In addition, in the following structural formulae, Ph is a phenyl group. In addition, as specific examples of pigment derivatives, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 56-118462, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 63-264674, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 01-217077, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 03-009961 Bulletin, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 03-026767, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 03-153780, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 03-045662, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 04-285669, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 06-145546, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 06-145546 06-212088, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 06-240158, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 10-030063, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 10-195326, International Publication No. 2011/024896, paragraphs 0086 to 0098, International Publication No. 2012 The compounds described in paragraphs 0063 to 0094 of No. /102399 are incorporated into this specification.

[化學式31]

Figure 02_image067
[化學式32]
Figure 02_image069
[化學式33]
Figure 02_image071
[化學式34]
Figure 02_image073
[化學式35]
Figure 02_image075
[化學式36]
Figure 02_image077
[化學式37]
Figure 02_image079
[Chemical formula 31]
Figure 02_image067
[Chemical formula 32]
Figure 02_image069
[Chemical formula 33]
Figure 02_image071
[Chemical formula 34]
Figure 02_image073
[Chemical formula 35]
Figure 02_image075
[Chemical formula 36]
Figure 02_image077
[Chemical formula 37]
Figure 02_image079

色素衍生物的含量相對於式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素的100質量份為1~50質量份為較佳。下限值為3質量份以上為較佳,5質量份以上為更佳。上限值為40質量份以下為較佳,30質量份以下為更佳。只要色素衍生物的含量在上述範圍內,則能夠提高式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素的分散性,能夠有效地抑制式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素的凝聚。顏料衍生物可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。在使用2種以上之情況下,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the dye derivative is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1). The lower limit is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 30 parts by mass or less. As long as the content of the dye derivative is within the above range, the dispersibility of the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1) can be improved, and the aggregation of the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1) can be effectively suppressed. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above-mentioned range.

<<彩色著色劑>> 本發明的樹脂組成物能夠含有彩色著色劑。在本發明中,彩色著色劑表示除了白色著色劑及黑色著色劑以外的著色劑。彩色著色劑為在波長400nm以上且小於650nm的範圍內具有吸收之著色劑為較佳。<<Coloring agent>> The resin composition of the present invention can contain a coloring agent. In the present invention, the color coloring agent means a coloring agent other than the white coloring agent and the black coloring agent. The coloring agent is preferably a coloring agent having absorption in the range of 400 nm or more and less than 650 nm.

作為彩色著色劑,可以舉出紅色著色劑、綠色著色劑、藍色著色劑、黃色著色劑、紫色著色劑及橙色著色劑。彩色著色劑可以為顏料,亦可以為染料。亦可以同時使用顏料和染料。又,顏料可以為無機顏料及有機顏料中的任一種。又,顏料中,亦能夠使用經有機發色團取代了無機顏料或有機-無機顏料的一部分之材料。藉由經有機發色團取代無機顏料或有機-無機顏料,能夠容易進行色相設計。Examples of color colorants include red colorants, green colorants, blue colorants, yellow colorants, purple colorants, and orange colorants. The coloring agent may be a pigment or a dye. It is also possible to use pigments and dyes at the same time. In addition, the pigment may be any of an inorganic pigment and an organic pigment. In addition, it is also possible to use a material in which a part of an inorganic pigment or an organic-inorganic pigment is replaced by an organic chromophore. By replacing inorganic pigments or organic-inorganic pigments with organic chromophores, hue design can be easily performed.

顏料的平均一次粒徑為1~200nm為較佳。下限為5nm以上為較佳,10nm以上為更佳。上限為180nm以下為較佳,150nm以下為更佳,100nm以下為進一步較佳。只要顏料的平均一次粒徑在上述範圍內,則樹脂組成物中之顏料的分散穩定性良好。再者,在本發明中,顏料的一次粒徑能夠從藉由透射型電子顯微鏡觀察顏料的一次粒子而獲得之圖像照片求出。具體而言,求出顏料的一次粒子的投影面積,並計算出與此相對應之等效圓直徑作為顏料的一次粒徑。又,將本發明中之平均一次粒徑作為針對400個顏料的一次粒子的一次粒徑的算術平均值。又,顏料的一次粒子是指沒有凝聚的獨立之粒子。The average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm. The lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, and more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less. As long as the average primary particle diameter of the pigment is within the above range, the dispersion stability of the pigment in the resin composition is good. Furthermore, in the present invention, the primary particle size of the pigment can be obtained from an image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is obtained, and the equivalent circle diameter corresponding to this is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. In addition, the average primary particle diameter in the present invention is taken as the arithmetic average value of the primary particle diameters of 400 pigments. In addition, the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles that are not aggregated.

彩色著色劑為包含顏料者為較佳。彩色著色劑中之顏料的含量為50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為進一步較佳,90質量%以上為特佳。作為顏料,可以舉出以下所示者。The coloring agent preferably contains a pigment. The content of the pigment in the color colorant is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 90% by mass or more. As a pigment, the following can be mentioned.

比色指數(C.I.)顏料黃(Pigment Yellow)1、2、3、4、5、6、10、11、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、20、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、42、43、53、55、60、61、62、63、65、73、74、77、81、83、86、93、94、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、115、116、117、118、119、120、123、125、126、127、128、129、137、138、139、147、148、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、161、162、164、166、167、168、169、170、171、172、173、174、175、176、177、179、180、181、182、185、187、188、193、194、199、213、214,215,228,231,232(次甲基系)及233(喹啉系)等(以上為黃色顏料); C.I.顏料橙(Pigment Orange)2、5、13、16、17:1、31、34、36、38、43、46、48、49、51、52、55、59、60、61、62、64、71及73等(以上為橙色顏料); C.I.顏料紅(Pigment Red)1、2、3、4、5、6、7、9、10、14、17、22、23、31、38、41、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49、49:1、49:2、52:1、52:2、53:1、57:1、60:1、63:1、66、67、81:1、81:2、81:3、83、88、90、105、112、119、122、123、144、146、149、150、155、166、168、169、170、171、172、175、176、177、178、179、184、185、187、188、190、200、202、206、207、208、209、210、216、220、224、226、242、246、254、255、264、270、272、279、294(口山口星系,Organo Ultramarine、藍紅(Bluish Red)))、295(偶氮系)及296(偶氮系)等(以上為紅色顏料); C.I.顏料綠(Pigment Green)7、10、36、37、58、59、62及63等(以上為綠色顏料); C.I.顏料紫(Pigment Violet)1、19、23、27、32、37、42、60(三芳基甲烷系)及61(口山口星系)等(以上為紫色顏料); C.I.顏料藍(Pigment Blue)1、2、15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、22、29、60、64、66、79、80、87(單偶氮系)及88(次甲基系)等(以上為藍色顏料)。Color Index (CI) Pigment Yellow (Pigment Yellow) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 215, 228, 231, 232 (methine series) and 233 (quinoline Department) etc. (above are yellow pigments); CI Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64 , 71 and 73, etc. (the above are orange pigments); CI Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3 , 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2 , 81: 3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178 , 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 270, 272, 279 , 294 (Kou Yamaguchi Galaxy, Organo Ultramarine, Bluish Red), 295 (Azo) and 296 (Azo), etc. (the above are red pigments); C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62 and 63, etc. (the above are green pigments); C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60 (triarylmethane series) and 61 (koushankou galaxy), etc. (the above are purple pigments); CI Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87 (Monoazo series) and 88 (methine series), etc. (the above are blue pigments).

又,作為綠色顏料,能夠使用1分子中之鹵素原子數為平均10~14個,溴原子數為平均8~12個,氯原子數為平均2~5個之鹵化鋅酞菁顏料。作為具體例,可以舉出國際公開第2015/118720號中所記載的化合物。又,作為綠色顏料,亦能夠使用具有中國專利申請第106909027號說明書中所記載的化合物、國際公開第2012/102395號中所記載的磷酸酯作為配位體之酞菁化合物等。In addition, as a green pigment, a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having an average of 10 to 14 halogen atoms, an average of 8 to 12 bromine atoms, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms in one molecule can be used. As a specific example, the compound described in International Publication No. 2015/118720 can be cited. In addition, as a green pigment, a phthalocyanine compound having the compound described in the specification of Chinese Patent Application No. 106909027 and the phosphate ester described in International Publication No. 2012/102395 as a ligand can also be used.

又,作為藍色顏料,亦能夠使用具有磷原子之鋁酞菁化合物。作為具體例,可以舉出日本特開2012-247591號公報的0022~0030段、日本特開2011-157478號公報的0047段中所記載的化合物。In addition, as the blue pigment, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used. As specific examples, the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP 2012-247591 and paragraph 0047 of JP 2011-157478 can be cited.

又,作為黃色顏料,亦能夠使用日本特開2008-074985號公報中所記載之顏料、日本特開2008-074987號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2013-061622號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-181015號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2014-085565號公報中所記載之著色劑、日本特開2016-145282號公報中所記載之顏料、日本特開2017-201003號公報中所記載之顏料、日本特開2017-197719號公報中所記載之顏料、日本特開2017-171912號公報的0011~0062段、0137~0276段中所記載之顏料、日本特開2017-171913號公報的0010~0062段、0138~0295段中所記載之顏料、日本特開2017-171914號公報的0011~0062段、0139~0190段中所記載之顏料、日本特開2017-171915號公報的0010~0065段、0142~0222段中所記載之顏料、日本特開2017-197640號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-040835號公報中所記載之喹啉黃系顏料、日本特開2018-203798號公報中所記載之顏料、日本特開2018-062578號公報中所記載之顏料、日本特開2018-155881號公報中所記載之喹啉黃系黃色顏料、日本特開2018-062644號公報中所記載之化合物、日本專利6432077號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本專利6443711號公報中所記載之顏料。In addition, as the yellow pigment, the pigment described in JP 2008-074985, the compound described in JP 2008-074987, and the quinone described in JP 2013-061622 can also be used. Phlophyllin compounds, quinophthalone compounds described in JP 2013-181015 A, coloring agents described in JP 2014-085565 A, pigments described in JP 2016-145282, The pigments described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-201003, the pigments described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-197719, and paragraphs 0011 to 0062 and paragraphs 0137 to 0276 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-171912 Pigments, the pigments described in paragraphs 0010 to 0062 and paragraphs 0138 to 0295 of JP 2017-171913 A, the pigments described in paragraphs 0011 to 0062, and paragraphs 0139 to 0190 of JP 2017-171914, The pigments described in paragraphs 0010 to 0065 and paragraphs 0142 to 0222 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-171915, the quinoline yellow compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-197640, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-040835 The quinoline yellow pigments described, the pigments described in JP 2018-203798, the pigments described in JP 2018-062578, and the quinones described in JP 2018-155881 Phytochrome yellow pigment, the compound described in JP 2018-062644, the quinophthalone compound described in JP 6432077, and the pigment described in JP 6443711.

又,作為黃色顏料,亦能夠使用日本特開2018-062644號公報中所記載的化合物。該化合物亦能夠用作顏料衍生物。In addition, as the yellow pigment, the compound described in JP 2018-062644 A can also be used. The compound can also be used as a pigment derivative.

作為紅色顏料,亦能夠使用日本特開2017-201384號公報中所記載的結構中至少1個溴原子所取代之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、日本專利第6248838號的0016~0022段中所記載的二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、國際公開第2012/102399號中所記載的二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、國際公開第2012/117965號中所記載的二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、日本特開2012-229344號公報中所記載的萘酚偶氮化合物等。又,作為紅色顏料,亦能夠使用具有芳香族環與二酮吡咯并吡咯骨架鍵結而成之結構之化合物:該芳香族環為對芳香環導入了鍵結有氧原子、硫原子或氮原子的基團而得。As the red pigment, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in JP 2017-201384 A, and the ones described in paragraphs 0016 to 0022 of Japanese Patent No. 6248838 can also be used. Diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in International Publication No. 2012/102399, diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in International Publication No. 2012/117965, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-229344 The naphthol azo compound described in the gazette and the like. In addition, as a red pigment, it is also possible to use a compound having a structure in which an aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton: the aromatic ring is introduced into the aromatic ring and bonded with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom. Derived from the group.

本發明中,作為色材亦能夠使用染料。作為染料並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的染料。例如,可以舉出吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、三芳基甲烷系、蒽醌系、蒽吡啶酮(anthrapyridone)系、苯亞甲基系、氧雜菁系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、啡噻𠯤系、吡咯并吡唑甲亞胺系、口山口星系、酞菁系、苯并吡喃系、靛藍系及吡咯亞甲基系等染料。又,亦能夠較佳地使用日本特開2012-158649號公報中所記載的噻唑化合物、日本特開2011-184493號公報中所記載的偶氮化合物、日本特開2011-145540號公報中所記載的偶氮化合物。又,作為黃色染料,亦能夠使用日本特開2013-054339號公報的0011~0034段中所記載的喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2014-026228號公報的0013~0058段中所記載的喹啉黃化合物等。In the present invention, dyes can also be used as color materials. The dye is not particularly limited, and known dyes can be used. For example, pyrazole azo series, anilino azo series, triarylmethane series, anthraquinone series, anthrapyridone series, benzylidene series, oxonine series, pyrazolotriazole Azo series, pyridone azo series, cyanine series, phenanthrene series, pyrrolopyrazole imide series, Kouyamaguchi system, phthalocyanine series, benzopyran series, indigo series and pyrromethene series And other dyes. In addition, the thiazole compound described in JP 2012-158649 A, the azo compound described in JP 2011-184493 A, and the azo compound described in JP 2011-145540 A can also be preferably used. Of azo compounds. In addition, as the yellow dye, the quinoline yellow compound described in paragraphs 0011 to 0034 of JP 2013-054339 A, and the quinoline described in paragraphs 0013 to 0058 of JP 2014-026228 A can also be used. Yellow compounds and so on.

在本發明的樹脂組成物含有彩色著色劑之情況下,彩色著色劑的含量在本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分中為1~50質量%為較佳。在本發明的樹脂組成物包含2種以上彩色著色劑之情況下,該等合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains a color colorant, the content of the color colorant is preferably 1 to 50% by mass in the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. When the resin composition of the present invention contains two or more color colorants, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above-mentioned range.

<<使近紅外線透射而遮蔽可見光之色材>> 本發明的樹脂組成物亦能夠含有使近紅外線(近紅外區域的波長的光)透射而遮蔽可見光(可見區域的波長的光)之色材(以下,亦稱為遮蔽可見光之色材)。包含遮蔽可見光之色材之樹脂組成物較佳地用作近紅外線透射濾波器形成用的樹脂組成物。<<Color materials that transmit near-infrared rays and block visible light>> The resin composition of the present invention can also contain a color material (hereinafter, also referred to as a color material that blocks visible light) that transmits near infrared rays (light of a wavelength in the near-infrared region) and blocks visible light (light of a wavelength in the visible region). A resin composition containing a color material that shields visible light is preferably used as a resin composition for forming a near-infrared transmission filter.

在本發明中,遮蔽可見光之色材為吸收紫色至紅色的波長區域的光之色材為較佳。又,在本發明中,遮蔽可見光之色材為遮蔽在波長450~650nm的波長區域的光之色材為較佳。又,遮蔽可見光之色材為透射在波長900~1300nm的光之色材為較佳。在本發明中,遮蔽可見光之色材滿足以下的(A)及(B)中的至少一者的要件為較佳。 (A):包含2種以上的彩色著色劑,並藉由2種以上的彩色著色劑的組合來形成黑色。 (B):包含有機系黑色著色劑。In the present invention, the color material that shields visible light is preferably a color material that absorbs light in the wavelength range from violet to red. Furthermore, in the present invention, the color material that shields visible light is preferably a color material that shields light in the wavelength region of 450 to 650 nm. In addition, the color material that shields visible light is preferably a color material that transmits light with a wavelength of 900 to 1300 nm. In the present invention, the color material that shields visible light preferably satisfies at least one of the following requirements (A) and (B). (A): Contains two or more color colorants, and forms black by a combination of two or more color colorants. (B): Contains organic black colorant.

作為彩色著色劑,可以舉出上述者。作為有機系黑色著色劑,例如可以舉出雙苯并呋喃酮化合物、偶氮次甲基化合物、苝化合物及偶氮化合物等,雙苯并呋喃酮化合物及苝化合物為較佳。作為雙苯并呋喃酮化合物,可以舉出日本特表2010-534726號公報、日本特表2012-515233號公報及日本特表2012-515234號公報等中所記載的化合物,例如能夠作為BASF公司製的“Irgaphor Black”而獲得。作為苝化合物,可以舉出日本特開2017-226821號公報的0016~0020段中所記載的化合物、C.I.Pigment Black 31、32、BASF公司製的“Lumogen Black”等。作為偶氮次甲基化合物,可以舉出日本特開平01-170601號公報、日本特開平02-034664號公報等中所記載的化合物,例如能夠作為Dainichiseika Color & Chemicals Mfg.Co.,Ltd.製的“CHROMO FINE BLACKA1103”而獲得。As a coloring agent, the above-mentioned can be mentioned. Examples of organic black colorants include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds, and bisbenzofuranone compounds and perylene compounds are preferred. Examples of the bisbenzofuranone compound include compounds described in JP 2010-534726, JP 2012-515233, and JP 2012-515234. For example, they can be manufactured by BASF Corporation. "Irgaphor Black". Examples of the perylene compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP 2017-226821 A, C.I. Pigment Black 31 and 32, "Lumogen Black" manufactured by BASF Corporation, and the like. Examples of the azomethine compound include the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 01-170601, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 02-034664, etc., and can be, for example, manufactured by Dainichiseika Color & Chemicals Mfg. Co., Ltd. "CHROMO FINE BLACKA1103".

作為藉由2種以上的彩色著色劑的組合來形成黑色之情況下的彩色著色劑的組合,例如可以舉出以下。 (1)含有黃色著色劑、藍色著色劑、紫色著色劑及紅色著色劑之態樣。 (2)含有黃色著色劑、藍色著色劑及紅色著色劑之態樣。 (3)含有黃色著色劑、紫色著色劑及紅色著色劑之態樣。 (4)含有黃色著色劑及紫色著色劑之態樣。 (5)含有綠色著色劑、藍色著色劑、紫色著色劑及紅色著色劑之態樣 (6)含有紫色著色劑及橙色著色劑之態樣。 (7)含有綠色著色劑、紫色著色劑及紅色著色劑之態樣。 (8)含有綠色著色劑及紅色著色劑之態樣。As a combination of color colorants in the case of forming black by a combination of two or more color colorants, for example, the following can be given. (1) Containing yellow coloring agent, blue coloring agent, purple coloring agent and red coloring agent. (2) Containing yellow coloring agent, blue coloring agent and red coloring agent. (3) Containing yellow coloring agent, purple coloring agent and red coloring agent. (4) Contains yellow colorant and purple colorant. (5) Containing green coloring agent, blue coloring agent, purple coloring agent and red coloring agent (6) Containing purple coloring agent and orange coloring agent. (7) Containing green coloring agent, purple coloring agent and red coloring agent. (8) Containing green coloring agent and red coloring agent.

在本發明的樹脂組成物含有遮蔽可見光之色材之情況下,遮蔽可見光之色材的含量在樹脂組成物的總固體成分中為1~50質量%為較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains a color material that shields visible light, the content of the color material that shields visible light is preferably 1 to 50% by mass in the total solid content of the resin composition.

<<聚合性化合物>> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有聚合性化合物為較佳。作為聚合性化合物,藉由自由基的作用能夠聚合的化合物為較佳。亦即,聚合性化合物為自由基聚合性化合物為較佳。聚合性化合物為具有1個以上的含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基團之化合物為較佳,具有2個以上的含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基團之化合物為更佳,具有3個以上的含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基團之化合物為進一步較佳。含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基團的個數的上限例如為15個以下為較佳,6個以下為更佳。作為含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基團,可以舉出乙烯基、苯乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基及(甲基)丙烯醯基等,(甲基)丙烯醯基為較佳。聚合性化合物為3~15官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳,3~6官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。作為聚合性化合物的具體例,可以舉出日本特開2009-288705號公報的0095~0108段、日本特開2013-029760號公報的0227段、日本特開2008-292970號公報的0254~0257段、日本特開2013-253224號公報的0034~0038段、日本特開2012-208494號公報的0477段、日本特開2017-048367號公報、日本專利第6057891號公報、日本專利第6031807號公報、日本特開2017-194662號公報中所記載之化合物,將該等內容編入本說明書中。<<Polymerizable compound>> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound. As the polymerizable compound, a compound that can be polymerized by the action of radicals is preferred. That is, the polymerizable compound is preferably a radical polymerizable compound. The polymerizable compound is preferably a compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, and more preferably a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups, and has 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups. The compound of the ethylenically unsaturated bond group is more preferable. The upper limit of the number of ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups is preferably 15 or less, and more preferably 6 or less. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, a styryl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryloyl group. The (meth)acryloyl group is preferred. The polymerizable compound is preferably a 3 to 15 functional (meth)acrylate compound, and a 3 to 6 functional (meth)acrylate compound is more preferred. Specific examples of polymerizable compounds include paragraphs 0095 to 0108 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-288705, paragraphs 0227 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-029760, and paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-292970. , Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-253224, paragraphs 0034 to 0038, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-208494, paragraph 0477, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-048367, Japanese Patent No. 6057891, Japanese Patent No. 6031807, The compounds described in JP 2017-194662 A are incorporated into this specification.

聚合性化合物可以為單體及聚合物中的任一形態,但是單體為較佳。單體型聚合性化合物的分子量為100~3000為較佳。上限為2000以下為較佳,1500以下為更佳。下限為150以上為較佳,250以上為更佳。又,聚合性化合物為實質上不具有分子量分布的化合物亦為較佳。在此,作為實質上不具有分子量分布的化合物,化合物的分散度(重量平均分子量(Mw)/數量平均分子量(Mn))為1.0~1.5之化合物為較佳,1.0~1.3為更佳。The polymerizable compound may be in any form of monomers and polymers, but monomers are preferred. The molecular weight of the monomeric polymerizable compound is preferably 100 to 3,000. The upper limit is preferably 2000 or less, and more preferably 1500 or less. The lower limit is preferably 150 or more, more preferably 250 or more. In addition, it is also preferable that the polymerizable compound is a compound having substantially no molecular weight distribution. Here, as a compound having substantially no molecular weight distribution, a compound having a degree of dispersion of the compound (weight average molecular weight (Mw)/number average molecular weight (Mn)) of 1.0 to 1.5 is preferable, and 1.0 to 1.3 is more preferable.

作為聚合性化合物,二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-330;NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-320;NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-310;NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD DPHA;NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,Ltd.製、NK EsterA-DPH-12E;Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製)及該等(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇和/或丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構的化合物(例如,由SARTOMER Company,Inc.出售之SR454、SR499)為較佳。又,作為聚合性化合物,亦能夠使用二甘油EO(環氧乙烷)改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為M-460;TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製)、新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製、NK EsterA-TMMT)、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯(NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,Ltd.製、KAYARAD HDDA)、RP-1040(NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,Ltd.製)、ARONIX TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製)、NK OligoUA-7200(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(TAISEI FINE CHEMICAL CO,.LTD.製)、LIGHT ACRYLATEPOB-A0(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD.製)等。As polymerizable compounds, dineopentylerythritol triacrylate (as a commercial product is KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., Ltd.), dineopentylene erythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercial product is KAYARAD D -320; manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., Ltd.), dineopentyl pentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (as a commercially available product is KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., Ltd.), dineopentaerythritol Alcohol hexa (meth)acrylate (as commercially available products are KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., Ltd., NK EsterA-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and these (methyl ) Compounds with a structure in which propylene groups are bonded via ethylene glycol and/or propylene glycol residues (for example, SR454 and SR499 sold by SARTOMER Company, Inc.) are preferred. In addition, as the polymerizable compound, diglycerol EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth)acrylate (M-460 as a commercially available product; manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) and neopentylerythritol can also be used Tetraacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., NK EsterA-TMMT), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (NIPPON KAYAKU CO., Ltd.), ARONIX TO-2349 (TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), NK OligoUA-7200 (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (TAISEI FINE CHEMICAL CO,. LTD.), LIGHT ACRYLATEPOB-A0 (KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD.), etc.

又,作為聚合性化合物,使用三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷環氧丙烷改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷環氧乙烷改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異氰脲酸環氧乙烷改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯等3官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物亦為較佳。作為3官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物的市售品,可以舉出ARONIX M-309、M-310、M-321、M-350、M-360、M-313、M-315、M-306、M-305、M-303、M-452、M-450(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製)、NK酯 A9300、A-GLY-9E、A-GLY-20E、A-TMM-3、A-TMM-3L、A-TMM-3LM-N、A-TMPT、TMPT(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製)、KAYARAD GPO-303、TMPTA、THE-330、TPA-330、PET-30(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)等。In addition, as the polymerizable compound, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane, propylene oxide, and trimethylolpropane, propylene oxide, are used to modify tri(meth)acrylate and trimethylolpropane, ethylene oxide. Tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide modified tri(meth)acrylate and neopentylerythritol tri(meth)acrylate and other trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds are also Better. Commercial products of trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include ARONIX M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M- 306, M-305, M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), NK ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A -TMM-3L, A-TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 ( Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc.

聚合性化合物亦能夠使用具有酸基之化合物。藉由使用具有酸基之聚合性化合物,顯影時容易去除未曝光部的聚合性化合物,從而能夠抑制顯影殘渣的產生。作為酸基,可以舉出羧基、磺酸基及磷酸基等,羧基為較佳。作為具有酸基之聚合性化合物的市售品,可以舉出ARONIX M-305、M-510、M-520及ARONIX TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製)等。具有酸基之聚合性化合物的酸值為0.1~40mgKOH/g為較佳,5~30mgKOH/g為更佳。As the polymerizable compound, a compound having an acid group can also be used. By using a polymerizable compound having an acid group, the polymerizable compound in the unexposed portion can be easily removed during development, and the generation of development residue can be suppressed. As an acid group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, etc. are mentioned, and a carboxyl group is preferable. Examples of commercially available products of polymerizable compounds having acid groups include ARONIX M-305, M-510, M-520, and ARONIX TO-2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.). The acid value of the polymerizable compound having an acid group is preferably 0.1-40 mgKOH/g, and more preferably 5-30 mgKOH/g.

聚合性化合物亦能夠使用具有己內酯結構之化合物。具有己內酯結構之聚合性化合物例如由NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,Ltd.作為KAYARAD DPCA系列而出售,可以舉出DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60及DPCA-120等。As the polymerizable compound, a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used. The polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure is sold by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., Ltd. as the KAYARAD DPCA series, for example, DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120, and the like.

聚合性化合物亦能夠使用具有伸烷氧基之聚合性化合物。具有伸烷氧基之聚合性化合物為具有乙烯氧基和/或伸丙氧基之聚合性化合物為較佳,具有乙烯氧基之聚合性化合物為更佳,具有4~20個乙烯氧基之3~6官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為進一步較佳。作為具有伸烷氧基之聚合性化合物的市售品,例如可以舉出具有4個SARTOMER Company,Inc.製的乙烯氧基之4官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯亦即SR-494及具有3個異丁烯氧基之3官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯亦即KAYARAD TPA-330等。As the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having an alkoxy group can also be used. The polymerizable compound having an alkoxyl group is preferably a polymerizable compound having a vinyloxy group and/or a propyleneoxy group, and a polymerizable compound having a vinyloxy group is more preferred, and a polymerizable compound having 4-20 vinyloxy groups is preferred. The 3-6 functional (meth)acrylate compound is more preferable. As commercially available products of polymerizable compounds having alkoxylate groups, for example, SR-494, which is a 4-functional (meth)acrylate having four vinyloxy groups manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc., and three The trifunctional (meth)acrylate of methacrylate is KAYARAD TPA-330 and so on.

聚合性化合物亦能夠使用具有茀骨架之聚合性化合物。作為具有茀骨架之聚合性化合物的市售品,可以舉出OGSOLEA-0200、EA-0300(Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd.製、具有茀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體)等。As the polymerizable compound, a polymerizable compound having a 茀 skeleton can also be used. As a commercially available product of a polymerizable compound having a stilbene skeleton, OGSOLEA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd., a (meth)acrylate monomer having a stilbene skeleton) and the like can be cited.

作為聚合性化合物,使用實質上不包含甲苯等環境管制物質的化合物亦為較佳。作為該種化合物的市售品,可以舉出KAYARAD DPHA LT、KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT(NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,Ltd.製)等。As the polymerizable compound, it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain environmentally regulated substances such as toluene. As a commercially available product of this kind of compound, KAYARAD DPHA LT, KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., Ltd.), etc. can be mentioned.

作為聚合性化合物,如日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號公報、日本特公平02-032293號公報、日本特公平02-016765號公報中所記載之胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類或日本特公昭58-049860號公報、日本特公昭56-017654號公報、日本特公昭62-039417號公報、日本特公昭62-039418號公報中所記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺基甲酸酯化合物亦為較佳。又,使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平01-105238號公報中所記載之在分子內具有胺結構或硫化物結構之聚合性化合物亦為較佳。又,聚合性化合物亦能夠使用UA-7200(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製)、DPHA-40H(NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,Ltd.製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600及LINC-202UA(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD.製)等市售品。As the polymerizable compound, for example, the urethane carboxylic acid described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-016765 Ester acrylates or ethylene oxide systems described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 The urethane compound of the skeleton is also preferred. In addition, a polymerizable compound having an amine structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule as described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 63-277653, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 63-260909, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 01-105238 are also used. For better. In addition, the polymerizable compound can also be used UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, Commercial products such as AH-600, T-600, AI-600 and LINC-202UA (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD.).

聚合性化合物的含量在樹脂組成物的總固體成分中為0.1~40質量%為較佳。下限為0.5質量%以上為較佳,1質量%以上為更佳。上限為30質量%以下為較佳,20質量%以下為更佳。樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種聚合性化合物,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上之情況下,該等合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass in the total solid content of the resin composition. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 20% by mass or less. The resin composition may contain only one type of polymerizable compound, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above-mentioned range.

<<光聚合起始劑>> 在本發明的樹脂組成物包含聚合性化合物之情況下,本發明的樹脂組成物還含有光聚合起始劑為較佳。作為光聚合起始劑,並無特別限制,能夠從公知的光聚合起始劑中適當地選擇。例如,對紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性之化合物為較佳。光聚合起始劑為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。<<Photopolymerization initiator>> When the resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound, the resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and it can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, a compound having photosensitivity to light from the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.

作為光聚合起始劑,可以舉出鹵化烴衍生物(例如,具有三骨架之化合物、具有噁二唑骨架之化合物等)、醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑、肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、α-羥基酮化合物及α-胺基酮化合物等。從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,光聚合起始劑為三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚物、鎓化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵錯合物、鹵甲基噁二唑化合物及3-芳基取代香豆素化合物為較佳,選自肟化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物及醯基膦化合物之化合物為更佳,肟化合物為進一步較佳。作為光聚合起始劑,可以舉出日本特開2014-130173號公報的0065~0111段及日本專利第6301489號公報中所記載之化合物,將該內容編入本說明書中。Examples of photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having three skeletons, compounds having oxadiazole skeletons, etc.), phosphine compounds, hexaarylbisimidazoles, oxime compounds, and organic peroxides. Compounds, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, and α-amino ketone compounds. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photopolymerization initiator is a trihalomethyl tris compound, a benzyl dimethyl ketal compound, an α-hydroxy ketone compound, an α-amino ketone compound, an phosphine compound, and a phosphine oxide. Compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes, halomethyl Oxadiazole compounds and 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compounds are preferred. Compounds selected from oxime compounds, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds and phosphine compounds are more preferred, and oxime compounds are further preferred. Better. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP 2014-130173 A and Japanese Patent No. 6301489, which are incorporated in this specification.

作為α-羥基酮化合物的市售品,可以舉出Omnirad184、Omnirad1173、Omnirad2959及Omnirad127(以上為IGM Resins B.V.公司製)等。作為α-胺基酮化合物的市售品,可以舉出Omnirad907、Omnirad369、Omnirad369E及Omnirad379EG(以上為IGM Resins B.V.公司製)等。作為醯基膦化合物的市售品,可以舉出Omnirad819及OmniradTPO(以上為IGM Resins B.V.公司社製)等。Examples of commercially available products of the α-hydroxy ketone compound include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.) and the like. As commercially available products of the α-amino ketone compound, Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379 EG (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.) and the like can be cited. As commercially available products of the phosphine compound, Omnirad 819 and Omnirad TPO (the above are manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.) and the like can be cited.

作為肟化合物,可以舉出日本特開2001-233842號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中所記載的化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)中所記載的化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)中所記載的化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)中所記載的化合物、日本特開2000-066385號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特表2004-534797號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特開2017-019766號公報中所記載的化合物、日本專利第6065596號公報中所記載的化合物、國際公開第2015/152153號中所記載的化合物、國際公開第2017/051680號中所記載的化合物、日本特開2017-198865號公報中所記載的化合物、國際公開第2017/164127號的0025~0038段中所記載的化合物及國際公開第2013/167515號中所記載的化合物等。作為肟化合物的具體例,可以舉出3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。作為市售品,可以舉出IRGACURE-OXE01、IRGACURE-OXE02、IRGACURE-OXE03、IRGACURE-OXE04(以上為BASF公司製)、TR-PBG-304(Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製)、Adeka Optomer N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製、日本特開2012-014052號公報中所記載的光聚合起始劑2)。又,作為肟化合物,使用沒有著色性之化合物或透明性高且難以變色之化合物亦為較佳。作為市售品,可以舉出ADEKAARKLS NCI-730、NCI-831及NCI-930(以上為ADEKA CORPORATION製)等。Examples of the oxime compound include the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2001-233842, the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-080068, the compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-342166, and JCS The compound described in Perkin II (1979, pp.1653-1660), the compound described in JCS Perkin II (1979, pp.156-162), Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.202) -232) The compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-066385, the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-080068, and the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-534797 The compound described in JP 2006-342166 A, the compound described in JP 2017-019766 A, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6065596, and the compound described in International Publication No. 2015/152153 The compound described in International Publication No. 2017/051680, the compound described in JP 2017-198865 A, the compound described in Paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, and the compound described in International Publication No. 2017/164127. The compound and the like described in 2013/167515 are disclosed. Specific examples of the oxime compound include 3-benzyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, and 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one. Aminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzyl Oxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1 -Phenylpropane-1-one, etc. Examples of commercially available products include IRGACURE-OXE01, IRGACURE-OXE02, IRGACURE-OXE03, IRGACURE-OXE04 (manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.), Adeka Optomer N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, photopolymerization initiator 2 described in JP 2012-014052 A). Moreover, as the oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a compound having no colorability or a compound having high transparency and difficult to change color. As commercially available products, ADEKAARKLS NCI-730, NCI-831, and NCI-930 (the above are manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) and the like can be cited.

在本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑亦能夠使用具有茀環之肟化合物。作為具有茀環之肟化合物的具體例,可以舉出日本特開2014-137466號公報中所記載的化合物。In the present invention, an oxime compound having a sulphur ring can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator. As a specific example of the oxime compound which has a sulphur ring, the compound described in JP 2014-137466 A can be mentioned.

又,作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有咔唑環的至少1個苯環成為萘環之骨架之肟化合物。作為該種肟化合物的具體例,可以舉出國際公開第2013/083505號中所記載的化合物。In addition, as the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound in which at least one benzene ring having a carbazole ring becomes the skeleton of the naphthalene ring can also be used. As a specific example of such an oxime compound, the compound described in International Publication No. 2013/083505 can be mentioned.

在本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。作為具有氟原子之肟化合物的具體例,可以舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報中所記載的化合物24、36~40及日本特開2013-164471號公報中所記載的化合物(C-3)等。In the present invention, as the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include the compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, the compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in JP 2014-500852 A, and JP 2010-262028 The compound (C-3) described in the 2013-164471 bulletin, etc.

在本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑,能夠使用具有硝基之肟化合物。具有硝基之肟化合物設為二聚體亦為較佳。作為具有硝基之肟化合物的具體例,可以舉出日本特開2013-114249號公報的0031~0047段、日本特開2014-137466號公報的0008~0012段、0070~0079段中所記載之化合物、日本專利4223071號公報的0007~0025段中所記載之化合物及ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831(ADEKA CORPORATION製)。In the present invention, as the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used. The oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably used as a dimer. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include those described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP 2013-114249, paragraphs 0008 to 0012, and paragraphs 0070 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466. The compound, the compound described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071, and ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION).

在本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有苯并呋喃骨架之肟化合物。作為具體例,可以舉出國際公開第2015/036910號中所記載之OE-01~OE-75。In the present invention, as the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used. As a specific example, OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910 can be cited.

以下示出本發明中較佳地使用之肟化合物的具體例,但是本發明並不限定於該等。Specific examples of oxime compounds preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.

[化學式38]

Figure 02_image081
[化學式39]
Figure 02_image083
[Chemical formula 38]
Figure 02_image081
[Chemical formula 39]
Figure 02_image083

肟化合物為在波長350~500nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長之化合物為較佳,在波長360~480nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長之化合物為更佳。又,從靈敏度的觀點考慮,肟化合物在波長365nm或波長405nm處之莫耳吸光係數高為較佳,1000~300000為更佳,2000~300000為進一步較佳,5000~200000為特佳。化合物的莫耳吸光係數能夠使用公知的方法進行測定。例如,藉由分光光度計(Varian公司製造之Cary-5 分光光度計(spectrophotometer)),並使用乙酸乙酯溶劑以0.01g/L的濃度進行測定為較佳。The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, and a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm is more preferable. Also, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, the oxime compound preferably has a high molar absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm or a wavelength of 405 nm, more preferably 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably 2,000 to 300,000, and particularly preferably 5,000 to 200,000. The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is better to use a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian Company) and use an ethyl acetate solvent to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.

作為光聚合起始劑,可以使用2官能或3官能以上的光自由基聚合起始劑。藉由使用該種光自由基聚合起始劑,從光自由基聚合起始劑的1分子產生2個以上的自由基,因此可以獲得良好的靈敏度。又,在使用非對稱結構的化合物之情況下,結晶性降低而在溶劑等中的溶解性提高,變得難以經時析出,從而能夠提高樹脂組成物的經時穩定性。作為2官能或3官能以上的光自由基聚合起始劑的具體例,可以舉出日本特表2010-527339號公報、日本特表2011-524436號公報、國際公開第2015/004565號、日本特表2016-532675號公報的0407~0412段、國際公開第2017/033680號的0039~0055段中所記載之肟化合物的二聚體、日本特表2013-522445號公報中所記載之化合物(E)及化合物(G)、國際公開第2016/034963號中所記載之Cmpd1~7、日本特表2017-523465號公報的0007段中所記載之肟酯類光起始劑、日本特開2017-167399號公報的0020~0033段中所記載之光起始劑及日本特開2017-151342號公報的0017~0026段中所記載之光聚合起始劑(A)等。As the photopolymerization initiator, a bifunctional or trifunctional or more photoradical polymerization initiator can be used. By using this kind of photo-radical polymerization initiator, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photo-radical polymerization initiator, so that good sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, when a compound having an asymmetric structure is used, the crystallinity is lowered and the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, and precipitation becomes difficult over time, so that the stability of the resin composition over time can be improved. As specific examples of the photoradical polymerization initiators having difunctional or trifunctional or higher functions, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No. 2015/004565, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-527339, and International Publication No. 2015/004565 may be mentioned. Table 2016-532675, paragraphs 0407 to 0412, International Publication No. 2017/033680, paragraphs 0039 to 0055, dimers of oxime compounds, compounds described in JP 2013-522445 No. (E ) And compound (G), Cmpd1-7 described in International Publication No. 2016/034963, oxime ester-based photoinitiator described in paragraph 0007 of JP 2017-523465 A, JP 2017- The photoinitiator described in paragraphs 0020 to 0033 of 167399 and the photopolymerization initiator (A) described in paragraphs 0017 to 0026 of JP 2017-151342 A, etc.

光聚合起始劑包含肟化合物及α-胺基酮化合物亦為較佳。藉由同時使用兩者,提高顯影性而容易形成矩形性優異之圖案。在同時使用肟化合物及α-胺基酮化合物之情況下,α-胺基酮化合物相對於肟化合物100質量份為50~600質量份為較佳,150~400質量份為更佳。It is also preferable that the photopolymerization initiator includes an oxime compound and an α-aminoketone compound. By using both at the same time, the developability is improved and it is easy to form a pattern with excellent rectangularity. When the oxime compound and the α-amino ketone compound are used together, the α-amino ketone compound is preferably 50 to 600 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the oxime compound, and more preferably 150 to 400 parts by mass.

光聚合起始劑的含量在樹脂組成物的總固體成分中為0.1~40質量%為較佳,0.5~30質量%為更佳,1~20質量%為進一步較佳。樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種光聚合起始劑,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上之情況下,該等合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass in the total solid content of the resin composition, more preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, and still more preferably 1 to 20% by mass. The resin composition may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above-mentioned range.

<<環氧化合物>> 本發明的樹脂組成物能夠含有具有環氧基之化合物(以下,亦稱為環氧化合物)。作為環氧化合物,可以舉出單官能或多官能縮水甘油醚化合物、多官能脂肪族縮水甘油醚化合物及具有脂環式環氧基之化合物等。環氧化合物為在1分子內具有1~100個環氧基之化合物為較佳。環氧基的上限亦能夠設為10個以下,還能夠設為5個以下。下限為2個以上為較佳。環氧化合物可以為低分子化合物(例如,分子量小於1000),亦可以為高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例如,分子量為1000以上,在為聚合物的情況下,重量平均分子量為1000以上)。環氧化合物的重量平均分子量為2000~100000為較佳。重量平均分子量的上限為10000以下為較佳,5000以下為更佳,3000以下為進一步較佳。<<Epoxy compound>> The resin composition of the present invention can contain a compound having an epoxy group (hereinafter, also referred to as an epoxy compound). Examples of epoxy compounds include monofunctional or polyfunctional glycidyl ether compounds, polyfunctional aliphatic glycidyl ether compounds, and compounds having an alicyclic epoxy group. The epoxy compound is preferably a compound having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule. The upper limit of epoxy groups can also be 10 or less, and can also be 5 or less. The lower limit is preferably 2 or more. The epoxy compound may be a low-molecular compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 1000) or a macromolecule compound (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more, and in the case of a polymer, the weight average molecular weight is 1000 or more). The weight average molecular weight of the epoxy compound is preferably 2,000 to 100,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or less, and more preferably 3,000 or less.

作為環氧化合物的市售品,可以舉出EHPE3150(Daicel Corporation.製)、EPICLON N-695(DIC Corporation製)及Adeka glycyrrole ED-505(ADEKA CORPORATION製)等。又,作為環氧化合物,亦能夠使用日本特開2013-011869號公報的0034~0036段、日本特開2014-043556號公報的0147~0156段、日本特開2014-089408號公報的0085~0092段中所記載之化合物。Examples of commercially available epoxy compounds include EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation), EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Adeka glycyrrole ED-505 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), and the like. Moreover, as the epoxy compound, paragraphs 0034 to 0036 of JP 2013-011869 A, paragraphs 0147 to 0156 of JP 2014-043556, and 0085 to 0092 of JP 2014-089408 can also be used. The compound described in the paragraph.

環氧化合物的含量在樹脂組成物的總固體成分中為0.1~40質量%為較佳。下限為0.5質量%以上為較佳,1質量%以上為更佳。上限為30質量%以下為較佳,20質量%以下為更佳。又,在樹脂組成物包含聚合性化合物及環氧化合物之情況下,兩者的質量比為聚合性化合物:環氧化合物=100:1~100:400為較佳,100:1~100:100為更佳。樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種環氧化合物,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上之情況下,該等合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the epoxy compound is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass in the total solid content of the resin composition. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 20% by mass or less. In addition, when the resin composition contains a polymerizable compound and an epoxy compound, the mass ratio of the two is preferably polymerizable compound: epoxy compound = 100:1 to 100:400, 100:1 to 100:100 For better. The resin composition may contain only one type of epoxy compound, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above-mentioned range.

<<環氧硬化劑>> 在本發明的樹脂組成物包含環氧化合物之情況下,本發明的樹脂組成物還包含環氧硬化劑為較佳。作為環氧硬化劑,例如可以舉出胺系化合物、酸酐系化合物、醯胺系化合物、苯酚系化合物、多元羧酸及硫醇化合物等。作為環氧硬化劑,從耐熱性及硬化物的透明性等觀點考慮,多元羧酸為較佳,在分子內具有二個以上的羧酸酐基之化合物為最佳。作為環氧硬化劑的具體例,可以舉出丁二酸等。環氧硬化劑亦能夠使用日本特開2016-075720號公報的0072~0078段中所記載的化合物,將該內容編入本說明書中。環氧硬化劑的含量相對於環氧化合物的100質量份為0.01~20質量份為較佳,0.01~10質量份為更佳,0.1~6.0質量份為進一步較佳。樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種環氧硬化劑,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上之情況下,該等合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。<<Epoxy hardener>> When the resin composition of the present invention contains an epoxy compound, the resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains an epoxy curing agent. Examples of epoxy curing agents include amine compounds, acid anhydride compounds, amide compounds, phenol compounds, polycarboxylic acids, and thiol compounds. As the epoxy curing agent, from the viewpoints of heat resistance and transparency of the cured product, a polycarboxylic acid is preferable, and a compound having two or more carboxylic anhydride groups in the molecule is most preferable. As a specific example of an epoxy hardener, succinic acid etc. are mentioned. The epoxy curing agent can also use the compound described in paragraphs 0072 to 0078 of JP 2016-075720 A, and the content is incorporated in this specification. The content of the epoxy curing agent is preferably 0.01-20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the epoxy compound, more preferably 0.01-10 parts by mass, and still more preferably 0.1-6.0 parts by mass. The resin composition may contain only one type of epoxy curing agent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above-mentioned range.

<<溶劑>> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有溶劑為較佳。作為溶劑,有機溶劑為較佳。作為有機溶劑,可以舉出酯系溶劑、酮系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑、醚系溶劑及烴系溶劑等。關於該等詳細內容,能夠參閱國際公開第2015/166779號的0223段,將該內容編入本說明書中。又,亦能夠較佳地使用環狀烷基所取代之酯系溶劑及環狀烷基所取代之酮系溶劑。作為有機溶劑的具體例,可以舉出聚乙二醇單甲基醚、二氯甲烷、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、乙酸環己酯、環戊酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚及丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯等。其中,作為有機溶劑的芳香族烴類(苯、甲苯、二甲苯、乙基苯等),有時由於環境方面等原因而減少為較佳(例如,相對於有機溶劑總量,亦能夠設為50質量ppm(parts per million:百萬分率)以下,亦能夠設為10質量ppm以下,亦能夠設為1質量ppm以下)。<<Solvent>> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. As the solvent, organic solvents are preferred. Examples of organic solvents include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. For these details, please refer to paragraph 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, which is incorporated into this specification. In addition, an ester-based solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and a ketone-based solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used. As specific examples of organic solvents, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, and ethyl cyrus acetic acid can be mentioned. Ester, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbamide Alcohol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, etc. Among them, aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents are sometimes better reduced due to environmental reasons (for example, relative to the total amount of organic solvents, it can also be set as 50 mass ppm (parts per million: parts per million) or less, can also be set to 10 mass ppm or less, or can be set to 1 mass ppm or less).

在本發明中,使用金屬含量少的有機溶劑為較佳,例如有機溶劑的金屬含量為10質量ppb(parts per billion:十億分率)以下為較佳。依據需要,亦可以使用質量ppt(parts per trillion:兆分率)級別的有機溶劑,該種有機溶劑例如由TOYO Gosei Co.,Ltd.提供(化學工業日報,2015年11月13日)。In the present invention, it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a small metal content. For example, it is preferable that the metal content of the organic solvent is 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less. According to needs, organic solvents of quality ppt (parts per trillion: parts per trillion) can also be used, such organic solvents are provided by TOYO Gosei Co., Ltd. (Chemical Industry Daily, November 13, 2015), for example.

作為從有機溶劑中去除金屬等雜質之方法,例如可以舉出使用蒸餾(分子蒸餾或薄膜蒸餾等)或過濾器之過濾。作為用於過濾之過濾器的過濾器孔徑,10μm以下為較佳,5μm以下為更佳,3μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質為聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。As a method for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents, for example, filtration using distillation (molecular distillation or thin film distillation, etc.) or filtration can be cited. As the filter pore size of the filter used for filtration, 10 μm or less is preferable, 5 μm or less is more preferable, and 3 μm or less is more preferable. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.

有機溶劑可以包含異構物(原子數相同但是結構不同之化合物)。又,異構物可以僅包含1種,亦可以包含複數種。Organic solvents can contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). In addition, the isomer may include only one type, or may include a plurality of types.

有機溶劑中的過氧化物的含有率為0.8mmol/L以下為較佳,實質上不含有過氧化物為更佳。The peroxide content in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and it is more preferred that the peroxide content is not substantially contained.

溶劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總量為10~97質量%為較佳。下限為30質量%以上為較佳,40質量%以上為更佳,50質量%以上為進一步較佳,60質量%以上為更進一步較佳,70質量%以上為特佳。上限為96質量%以下為較佳,95質量%以下為更佳。樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種溶劑,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上之情況下,該等合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the solvent is preferably 10 to 97% by mass relative to the total amount of the resin composition. The lower limit is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 70% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 96% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or less. The resin composition may contain only one type of solvent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above-mentioned range.

<<聚合抑制劑>> 本發明的樹脂組成物能夠含有聚合抑制劑。作為聚合抑制劑,可以舉出對苯二酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-第三丁基-對甲酚、鄰苯三酚、第三丁基鄰苯二酚、苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)及N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺鹽(銨鹽、亞鈰鹽等),對甲氧基苯酚為較佳。聚合抑制劑的含量在樹脂組成物的總固體成分中為0.0001~5質量%為較佳。樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種聚合抑制劑,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上之情況下,該等合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。<<Polymerization inhibitor>> The resin composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor. As polymerization inhibitors, hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tertiary butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tertiary butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4 '-Thiobis(3-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), 2,2'-methylene bis(4-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol) and N-nitrosobenzene Hydroxy amine salt (ammonium salt, cerium salt, etc.), p-methoxyphenol is preferred. The content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass in the total solid content of the resin composition. The resin composition may contain only one type of polymerization inhibitor, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above-mentioned range.

<<矽烷偶合劑>> 本發明的樹脂組成物能夠含有矽烷偶合劑。在本發明中,矽烷偶合劑是指具有水解性基及除此以外的官能基之矽烷化合物。又,水解性基是指與矽原子直接連接且能夠藉由水解反應及縮合反應中的至少任一反應產生矽氧烷鍵之取代基。作為水解性基,例如可以舉出鹵素原子、烷氧基及醯氧基等,烷氧基為較佳。亦即,矽烷偶合劑為具有烷氧基矽基之化合物為較佳。又,作為除了水解性基以外的官能基,例如可以舉出乙烯基、苯乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、巰基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、胺基、脲基、硫醚基、異氰酸酯基及苯基等,(甲基)丙烯醯基及環氧基為較佳。關於矽烷偶合劑,可以舉出日本特開2009-288703號公報的0018~0036段中所記載的化合物及日本特開2009-242604號公報的0056~0066段中所記載的化合物,將該等內容編入本說明書中。矽烷偶合劑的含量在樹脂組成物的總固體成分中為0.01~15.0質量%為較佳,0.05~10.0質量%為更佳。樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種矽烷偶合劑,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上之情況下,該等合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。<<Silane coupling agent>> The resin composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent. In the present invention, the silane coupling agent refers to a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. In addition, the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly connected to a silicon atom and can generate a siloxane bond by at least any one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. Moreover, as functional groups other than the hydrolyzable group, for example, vinyl, styryl, (meth)acrylic, mercapto, epoxy, oxetanyl, amino, ureido, sulfur Ether group, isocyanate group, phenyl group, etc., (meth)acryloyl group and epoxy group are preferred. As for the silane coupling agent, the compounds described in paragraphs 0018 to 0036 of JP 2009-288703 A and the compounds described in paragraphs 0056 to 0066 of JP 2009-242604 A can be mentioned, and these contents Included in this manual. The content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.01-15.0% by mass in the total solid content of the resin composition, and more preferably 0.05-10.0% by mass. The resin composition may contain only one type of silane coupling agent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above-mentioned range.

<<界面活性劑>> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有界面活性劑為較佳。作為界面活性劑,能夠使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑及矽系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。關於界面活性劑,可以舉出國際公開第2015/166779號的0238~0245段中所記載之界面活性劑,將該內容編入本說明書中。<<Surface active agent>> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicon-based surfactants can be used. As for the surfactant, the surfactant described in paragraphs 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 can be cited, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

界面活性劑為氟系界面活性劑為較佳。藉由使樹脂組成物含有氟系界面活性劑,能夠進一步提高液體特性(尤其,流動性),並且能夠進一步改善省液性。又,亦能夠形成厚度不均勻少的膜。進而,亦可以獲得抑制式(AS1)的化合物基於加熱而揮發的效果。The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based surfactant. By including a fluorine-based surfactant in the resin composition, liquid properties (especially fluidity) can be further improved, and liquid-saving properties can be further improved. In addition, it is also possible to form a film with less uneven thickness. Furthermore, the effect of suppressing volatilization of the compound of Formula (AS1) by heating can also be acquired.

氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率為3~40質量%為較佳,更佳為5~30質量%,特佳為7~25質量%。在塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性或省液性的方面而言,氟含有率在該範圍內的氟系界面活性劑較為有效,在組成物中之溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass. In terms of uniformity of the thickness of the coating film and liquid-saving properties, a fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective, and its solubility in the composition is also good.

作為氟系界面活性劑,可以舉出日本特開2014-041318號公報的0060~0064段(所對應之美國際公開第2014/017669號的0060~0064段)等中所記載的界面活性劑及日本特開2011-132503號公報的0117~0132段中所記載的界面活性劑,將該等內容編入本說明書中。作為氟系界面活性劑的市售品,例如可以舉出MEGAFACE F171、F172、F173、F176、F177、F141、F142、F143、F144、R30、F437、F475、F479、F482、F554、F780、EXP、MFS-330(以上為DIC Corporation製造)、Fluorad FC430、FC431、FC171(以上為Sumitomo 3M Limited製造)、Surflon S-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上為ASAHI GLASS CO.,LTD.製造)、FtergentFTX-218(Neos Corporation製)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上為OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製造)等。Examples of fluorine-based surfactants include those described in paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-041318 (corresponding to paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of American International Publication No. 2014/017669). The surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP 2011-132503 A are incorporated into this specification. Commercial products of fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, MEGAFACE F171, F172, F173, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, EXP, MFS-330 (manufactured by DIC Corporation above), Fluorad FC430, FC431, FC171 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited above), Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068 , SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (manufactured by ASAHI GLASS CO., LTD.), OrganicFTX-218 (manufactured by Neos Corporation), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 Manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.) etc.

又,氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用丙烯酸系化合物,該丙烯酸系化合物具備具有含有氟原子之官能基之分子結構,且施加熱時含有氟原子之官能基的部分被切斷而氟原子揮發。作為該種氟系界面活性劑,可以舉出DIC Corporation製之MEGAFACE DS系列(化學工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日經產業新聞(2016年2月23日)),例如可以舉出MEGAFACE DS-21。In addition, the fluorine-based surfactant can also preferably use an acrylic compound, which has a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and when heat is applied, the part of the functional group containing the fluorine atom is cut and the fluorine The atom volatilizes. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Chemical Industry Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example MEGAFACE DS-21.

又,氟系界面活性劑使用具有氟化烷基或氟化伸烷基醚基之含氟原子乙烯醚化合物與親水性乙烯醚化合物的聚合物亦為較佳。關於該種氟系界面活性劑,可以舉出日本特開2016-216602號公報中所記載之氟系界面活性劑,將該內容編入本說明書中。Furthermore, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorine-based surfactant. The fluorine-based surfactants of this kind include the fluorine-based surfactants described in JP 2016-216602 A, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

氟系界面活性劑亦能夠使用嵌段聚合物。氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物,該含氟高分子化合物包含來自具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元和來自具有2個以上(較佳為5個以上)伸烷氧基(較佳為乙烯氧基、丙烯氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元。又,作為本發明中所使用之氟系界面活性劑,還例示出日本特開2010-032698號公報的0016~0037段中所記載之含氟界面活性劑或下述化合物。 [化學式40]

Figure 02_image085
關於上述化合物的重量平均分子量,較佳為3000~50000,例如為14000。上述化合物中,表示重複單元的比例之%為莫耳%。Block polymers can also be used for fluorine-based surfactants. Fluorine-based surfactants can also preferably use fluorine-containing polymer compounds, which contain repeating units derived from (meth)acrylate compounds having fluorine atoms and those derived from having 2 or more (preferably 5 One or more) repeating units of (meth)acrylate compounds of alkoxyl groups (preferably ethyleneoxy or propyleneoxy) In addition, as the fluorine-based surfactant used in the present invention, the fluorine-containing surfactant described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP 2010-032698 A, or the following compounds are also exemplified. [Chemical formula 40]
Figure 02_image085
With regard to the weight average molecular weight of the above compound, it is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000. In the above compound, the% representing the proportion of the repeating unit is mole %.

又,氟系界面活性劑亦能夠使用在側鏈上具有含乙烯性不飽和鍵的基團之含氟聚合物。作為具體例,可以舉出日本特開2010-164965號公報的0050~0090段及0289~0295段中所記載之化合物、DIC Corporation製的MEGAFACERS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等。又,氟系界面活性劑亦能夠使用日本特開2015-117327號公報的0015~0158段中所記載的化合物。In addition, as the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain can also be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of JP 2010-164965 A, MEGAFACERS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, RS-72 manufactured by DIC Corporation -K etc. In addition, as the fluorine-based surfactant, the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP 2015-117327 A can also be used.

作為非離子系界面活性劑,可以舉出甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,甘油丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯、Pluronic L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF公司製)、Tetronic 304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF公司製)、Solsperse 20000(Lubrizol Japan Limited.製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製)、PIONIN D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(Takemoto Oil & Fat Co.,Ltd.製)、Olfine E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(Nissin Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)等。Examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerin, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and these ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate). Compounds, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurel Ester, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (manufactured by BASF), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Limited), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), PIONIN D-6112, D-6112- W, D-6315 (manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.), Olfine E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.

作為矽系界面活性劑,例如可以舉出Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上為Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.製)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive performance Materials Inc.製)、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002(以上為Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上為BYK Chemie GmbH製)等。Examples of silicon-based surfactants include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH8400 (the above are Dow Corning Toray Co. , Ltd.), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.), KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 (above Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (the above are manufactured by BYK Chemie GmbH), etc.

界面活性劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總量為0.01~1質量%為較佳。上限為0.5質量%以下為較佳,0.1質量%以下為更佳,0.05質量%以下為進一步較佳。下限為0.015質量%以上為較佳。只要界面活性劑的含量在上述範圍內,則抑制式(AS1)的化合物基於加熱而揮發的同時容易獲得優異之塗佈性。樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種界面活性劑,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上之情況下,該等合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass relative to the total amount of the resin composition. The upper limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or less, more preferably 0.1% by mass or less, and more preferably 0.05% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.015% by mass or more. As long as the content of the surfactant is within the above-mentioned range, the compound of formula (AS1) is prevented from being volatilized by heating and it is easy to obtain excellent coating properties. The resin composition may contain only one type of surfactant, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above-mentioned range.

<<紫外線吸收劑>> 樹脂組成物能夠含有紫外線吸收劑。作為紫外線吸收劑,可以舉出共軛二烯化合物、胺基二烯化合物、水楊酸酯化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯并三唑化合物、丙烯腈化合物、羥苯基三𠯤化合物、吲哚化合物及三𠯤化合物等。作為該種化合物的具體例,可以舉出日本特開2009-217221號公報的0038~0052段、日本特開2012-208374號公報的0052~0072段、日本特開2013-068814號公報的0317~0334段及日本特開2016-162946號公報的0061~0080段中所記載之化合物,將該等內容編入本說明書中。作為紫外線吸收劑的市售品,例如可以舉出UV-503(DAITO CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製)等。又,作為苯并三唑化合物,可以舉出MIYOSHI & FAT CO.,LTD.製的MYUA系列(化學工業日報,2016年2月1日)。又,紫外線吸收劑亦能夠使用日本專利第6268967號公報的0049~0059段中所記載之化合物。紫外線吸收劑的含量在樹脂組成物的總固體成分中為0.01~10質量%為較佳,0.01~5質量%為更佳。樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種紫外線吸收劑,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上之情況下,該等合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。<<Ultraviolet absorber>> The resin composition can contain an ultraviolet absorber. Examples of ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, amino diene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyl triene compounds, and indole compounds. Dole compounds and three 𠯤 compounds, etc. Specific examples of such compounds include paragraphs 0038 to 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-217221, paragraphs 0052 to 0072 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-208374, and paragraphs 0317 to of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-068814. The compounds described in paragraph 0334 and paragraphs 0061 to 0080 of JP 2016-162946 A are incorporated into this specification. As a commercially available product of an ultraviolet absorber, UV-503 (made by DAITO CHEMICAL CO., LTD.) etc. are mentioned, for example. In addition, as the benzotriazole compound, the MYUA series manufactured by MIYOSHI & FAT CO., LTD. (Chemical Industry Daily, February 1, 2016) can be cited. In addition, as the ultraviolet absorber, the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used. The content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass in the total solid content of the resin composition, and more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass. The resin composition may contain only one type of ultraviolet absorber, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above-mentioned range.

<<抗氧化劑>> 本發明的樹脂組成物能夠含有抗氧化劑。作為抗氧化劑,可以舉出苯酚化合物、亞磷酸酯化合物及硫醚化合物等。作為苯酚化合物,能夠使用作為苯酚系抗氧化劑而已知之任意的苯酚化合物。作為較佳的苯酚化合物,可以舉出受阻酚化合物。在與苯酚性羥基相鄰之部位(鄰位)上具有取代基之化合物為較佳。作為前述取代基,碳數1~22的取代或未經取代的烷基為較佳。又,抗氧化劑為在相同分子內具有苯酚基及亞磷酸酯基之化合物亦為較佳。又,抗氧化劑亦能夠較佳地使用磷系抗氧化劑。作為磷系抗氧化劑,可以舉出三[2-[[2,4,8,10-四(1,1-二甲基乙基)二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜膦雜環庚二烯-6-基]氧基]乙基]胺、三[2-[(4,6,9,11-四-第三丁基二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜膦雜環庚二烯-2-基)氧基]乙基]胺及亞磷酸乙基雙(2,4-二-第三丁基-6-甲基苯基)等。作為抗氧化劑的市售品,例如可以舉出Adekastab AO-20、Adekastab AO-30、Adekastab AO-40、Adekastab AO-50、Adekastab AO-50F、Adekastab AO-60、Adekastab AO-60G、Adekastab AO-80及Adekastab AO-330(以上為ADEKA CORPORATION製)等。又,抗氧化劑亦能夠使用日本專利第6268967號公報的0023~0048段中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/006600號中所記載之化合物及國際公開第2017/164024號中所記載之化合物。抗氧化劑的含量在樹脂組成物的總固體成分中為0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.3~15質量%為更佳。樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種抗氧化劑,亦可以包含2種以上。在包含2種以上之情況下,該等合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。<<Antioxidant>> The resin composition of the present invention can contain an antioxidant. Examples of antioxidants include phenol compounds, phosphite compounds, and thioether compounds. As the phenol compound, any phenol compound known as a phenol-based antioxidant can be used. As a preferable phenol compound, hindered phenol compound can be mentioned. A compound having a substituent at the position (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxyl group is preferred. As the aforementioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred. Moreover, it is also preferable that the antioxidant is a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite group in the same molecule. In addition, phosphorus-based antioxidants can also be preferably used as antioxidants. Examples of phosphorus antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetra(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2] Dioxaphosphane-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f] [1,3,2]Dioxaphosphane-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine and phosphite ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methyl) Phenyl) and so on. Commercial products of antioxidants include, for example, Adekastab AO-20, Adekastab AO-30, Adekastab AO-40, Adekastab AO-50, Adekastab AO-50F, Adekastab AO-60, Adekastab AO-60G, Adekastab AO- 80 and Adekastab AO-330 (the above are manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), etc. In addition, as the antioxidant, the compounds described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, the compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/006600, and the compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/164024 can also be used. The content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass in the total solid content of the resin composition, and more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass. The resin composition may contain only one type of antioxidant, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above-mentioned range.

<<其他成分>> 本發明的樹脂組成物依據需要可以含有增感劑、硬化促進劑、填充劑、熱硬化促進劑、可塑劑及其他助劑類(例如,導電性粒子、填充劑、消泡劑、阻燃劑、調平劑、剝離促進劑、香料、表面張力調整劑、鏈轉移劑等)。藉由適當含有該等成分,能夠調整膜物性等性質。關於該等成分,例如能夠參閱日本特開2012-003225號公報的0183段以後(所對應之美國專利申請公開第2013/0034812號說明書的0237段)的記載及日本特開2008-250074號公報的0101~0104段、0107~0109段等的記載,將該等內容編入本說明書中。又,本發明的樹脂組成物依據需要可以含有潛在抗氧化劑。作為潛在抗氧化劑,可以舉出作為抗氧化劑而發揮功能之部位被保護基保護之化合物,且為藉由在100~250℃下進行加熱或在酸/鹼觸媒存在下在80~200℃下進行加熱而保護基脫離並作為抗氧化劑而發揮功能之化合物。作為潛在抗氧化劑,可以舉出國際公開第2014/021023號、國際公開第2017/030005號及日本特開2017-008219號公報中所記載之化合物。作為潛在抗氧化劑的市售品,可以舉出ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001(ADEKA CORPORATION製)等。<<Other ingredients>> The resin composition of the present invention may contain sensitizers, hardening accelerators, fillers, thermal hardening accelerators, plasticizers, and other auxiliary agents (for example, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, etc.) as required. , Leveling agents, peeling accelerators, fragrances, surface tension regulators, chain transfer agents, etc.). By appropriately containing these components, the properties such as the physical properties of the film can be adjusted. Regarding these ingredients, for example, reference can be made to the description of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-003225, paragraph 0183 and later (corresponding to US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812, paragraph 0237) and the description of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-250074 The descriptions of paragraphs 0101 to 0104 and paragraphs 0107 to 0109 are incorporated into this specification. In addition, the resin composition of the present invention may contain a latent antioxidant as necessary. As a potential antioxidant, a compound in which the part that functions as an antioxidant is protected by a protective group can be mentioned, and it can be heated at 100-250°C or at 80-200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst. A compound that is heated to release the protective group and functions as an antioxidant. Examples of potential antioxidants include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-008219. As a commercially available product of a potential antioxidant, ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) and the like can be cited.

例如,在藉由塗佈來形成膜之情況下,本發明的樹脂組成物的黏度(23℃)為1~100mPa・s為較佳。下限為2mPa・s以上為更佳,3mPa・s以上為進一步較佳。上限為50mPa・s以下為更佳,30mPa・s以下為進一步較佳,15mPa・s以下為特佳。For example, in the case of forming a film by coating, the viscosity (23° C.) of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 1 to 100 mPa·s. The lower limit is more preferably 2 mPa·s or more, and more preferably 3 mPa·s or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50 mPa·s or less, more preferably 30 mPa·s or less, and particularly preferably 15 mPa·s or less.

<收容容器> 作為本發明的樹脂組成物的收容容器,並無特別限定,能夠使用公知的收容容器。又,作為收容容器,以抑制雜質混入原材料或樹脂組成物中為目的,使用由6種6層的樹脂構成容器內壁之多層瓶或將6種樹脂設為7層結構之瓶亦較佳。作為該種容器,例如可以舉出日本特開2015-123351號公報中所記載的容器。又,以防止從容器內壁的金屬溶出而提高樹脂組成物的保存穩定性且抑制成分劣化等為目的,容器的內壁為玻璃製或不鏽鋼製等亦為較佳。<Container Container> The storage container of the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a known storage container can be used. In addition, for the purpose of suppressing the mixing of impurities into the raw material or resin composition as the storage container, it is also preferable to use a multilayer bottle in which the inner wall of the container is composed of 6 types of resins with 6 layers, or a bottle with 6 types of resins in a 7-layer structure. As such a container, for example, the container described in JP 2015-123351 A can be cited. In addition, for the purpose of preventing the elution of metal from the inner wall of the container, improving the storage stability of the resin composition, and suppressing component deterioration, etc., the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass or stainless steel.

<樹脂組成物的用途> 本發明的樹脂組成物能夠較佳地用作近紅外線截止濾波器或近紅外線透射濾波器形成用的樹脂組成物。在將本發明的樹脂組成物設為近紅外線透射濾波器形成用的樹脂組成物之情況下,本發明的樹脂組成物還含有遮蔽可見光之色材為較佳。藉由使用該種樹脂組成物,能夠形成能夠遮蔽可見光且僅透射特定的波長以上的近紅外線的近紅外線透射濾波器。<Use of resin composition> The resin composition of the present invention can be suitably used as a resin composition for forming a near-infrared cut filter or a near-infrared transmission filter. When the resin composition of the present invention is used as a resin composition for forming a near-infrared transmission filter, the resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a color material that blocks visible light. By using this kind of resin composition, it is possible to form a near-infrared transmissive filter capable of shielding visible light and transmitting only near-infrared rays of a specific wavelength or more.

<樹脂組成物的製備方法> 本發明的樹脂組成物能夠混合前述成分來製備。製備樹脂組成物時,可以將所有成分同時溶解或分散於溶劑中來製備樹脂組成物,亦可以依據需要預先製備適當摻合各成分而獲得之2種以上的溶液或分散液,並在使用時(塗佈時)混合該等作為組成物來製備。<Preparation method of resin composition> The resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the aforementioned components. When preparing a resin composition, all the components can be dissolved or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to prepare a resin composition, or two or more solutions or dispersions obtained by appropriately blending each component can be prepared in advance according to the needs, and in use (At the time of coating) These are mixed and prepared as a composition.

又,在式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素為顏料之情況下,在製備樹脂組成物時包括使顏料分散之製程為較佳。在使顏料分散之製程中,作為用於顏料的分散中之機械力,可以舉出壓縮、壓榨、衝擊、剪斷及氣蝕等。作為該等製程的具體例,可以舉出珠磨機、混砂機(sand mill)、輥磨機、球磨機、塗料攪拌器(pain shaker)、微射流機(microfluidizer)、高速葉輪、砂磨機、噴流混合器(flowjet mixer)、高壓濕式微粒化及超聲波分散等。又,在混砂機(珠磨機)中之顏料的粉碎中,在藉由使用直徑小的珠子或加大珠子的填充率等來提高了粉碎效率之條件下進行處理為較佳。又,粉碎處理之後,藉由過濾、離心分離等來去除粗粒子為較佳。又,使顏料分散之製程及分散機夠較佳地使用《分散技術大全,JOHOKIKO CO.,LTD.發行,2005年7月15日》或《以懸浮液(固/液體分散體系)為中心之分散技術與工業應用的實際 綜合資料集、經營開發中心出版部發行,1978年10月10日》、日本特開2015-157893號公報的0022段中所記載的製程及分散機。又,在使顏料分散之製程中,可以藉由鹽磨(salt milling)步驟進行粒子的微細化處理。鹽磨步驟中所使用之材料、機器、處理條件等例如能夠參閱日本特開2015-194521號公報、日本特開2012-046629號公報的記載。Moreover, when the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1) is a pigment, it is preferable to include a process of dispersing the pigment when preparing the resin composition. In the process of dispersing the pigment, as the mechanical force used in the dispersion of the pigment, compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, and cavitation can be mentioned. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roller mills, ball mills, pain shakers, microfluidizers, high-speed impellers, and sand mills. , Flowjet mixer, high-pressure wet micronization and ultrasonic dispersion, etc. In addition, in the pulverization of the pigment in the sand mixer (bead mill), it is better to perform the treatment under conditions that increase the pulverization efficiency by using beads with a small diameter or increasing the filling rate of the beads. Furthermore, after the crushing treatment, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugal separation, or the like. In addition, the process of dispersing the pigment and the dispersing machine can better use the "Dispersion Technology Encyclopedia, issued by JOHOKIKO CO., LTD., July 15, 2005" or "Suspension (solid/liquid dispersion system) as the center The actual comprehensive data collection of dispersion technology and industrial applications, issued by the Publishing Department of the Management Development Center, October 10, 1978", the manufacturing process and dispersion machine described in paragraph 0022 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-157893. In addition, in the process of dispersing the pigment, a salt milling step can be used to refine the particles. The materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling step can be referred to, for example, the descriptions in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-194521 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-046629.

又,製備樹脂組成物時,式(AS1)所表示之化合物可以單獨地添加至樹脂組成物中,亦可以以包含於任一種原料中之形態添加至樹脂組成物中。其中,以在包含式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素之原料中包含有式(AS1)所表示之化合物之形態添加至樹脂組成物中為較佳。依據該態樣,式(AS1)所表示之化合物變得容易接近式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素,從而容易獲得更顯著的本發明的效果。又,當式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素為顏料時,在進行以顏料分散為代表之破碎步驟時存在式(AS1)所表示之化合物之情況下,式(AS1)所表示之化合物變得更容易接近式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素,從而容易獲得更顯著的本發明的效果。尤其,藉由在以顏料的鹽磨為代表之粉碎步驟中包含有式(AS1),可以獲得更顯著的效果。In addition, when preparing the resin composition, the compound represented by formula (AS1) may be added to the resin composition alone, or may be added to the resin composition in the form of being included in any of the raw materials. Among them, it is preferable to add to the resin composition in a form that the compound represented by the formula (AS1) is included in the raw material containing the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1). According to this aspect, the compound represented by the formula (AS1) becomes easily accessible to the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1), and it is easy to obtain more significant effects of the present invention. In addition, when the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1) is a pigment, if the compound represented by the formula (AS1) is present during the crushing step represented by pigment dispersion, the compound represented by the formula (AS1) It becomes easier to access the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ1), and it is easy to obtain more significant effects of the present invention. In particular, by including the formula (AS1) in the pulverization step represented by the salt mill of the pigment, a more significant effect can be obtained.

當製備樹脂組成物時,以異物的去除或缺陷的減少等為目的,利用過濾器過濾樹脂組成物為較佳。作為過濾器,只要為一直以來用於過濾用途等者,則能夠無特別限定地進行使用。例如可以舉出使用了聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)等氟樹脂、尼龍(例如尼龍-6、尼龍-6,6)等聚醯胺系樹脂、聚乙烯、聚丙烯(PP)等聚烯樹脂(包含高密度、超高分子量的聚烯樹脂)等原材料之過濾器。該等原材料中,聚丙烯(包含高密度聚丙烯)及尼龍為較佳。When preparing the resin composition, it is preferable to filter the resin composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter or reducing defects. As the filter, as long as it has been used for filtration purposes, etc., it can be used without particular limitation. For example, fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide resins such as nylon (for example, nylon-6, nylon-6, 6), and polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) are used ( Filters containing high-density, ultra-high molecular weight polyolefin resins) and other raw materials. Among these raw materials, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred.

過濾器的孔徑為0.01~7.0μm為較佳,0.01~3.0μm為更佳,0.05~0.5μm為進一步較佳。若過濾器的孔徑在上述範圍內,則能夠更可靠地去除微細的異物。關於過濾器的孔徑值,能夠參閱過濾器廠商的標稱值。過濾器能夠使用由NIHON PALL LTD.(DFA4201NIEY等)、Advantec Toyo Kaisha, Ltd.、Nihon Entegris K.K.(formerly Nippon micro squirrel Co., Ltd.)及KITZMICROFILTER CORPORATION等提供之各種過濾器。The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.01 to 7.0 μm, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0 μm, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 μm. If the pore size of the filter is within the above-mentioned range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably. Regarding the pore size of the filter, you can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. The filter can use various filters provided by NIHON PALL LTD. (DFA4201NIEY, etc.), Advantec Toyo Kaisha, Ltd., Nihon Entegris K.K. (formerly Nippon micro squirrel Co., Ltd.) and KITZMICROFILTER CORPORATION.

又,作為過濾器使用纖維狀過濾材料亦為較佳。作為纖維狀過濾材料,例如可以舉出聚丙烯纖維、尼龍纖維及玻璃纖維等。作為市售品,可以舉出ROKI TECHNO CO.,LTD.製的SBP型系列(SBP008等)、TPR型系列(TPR002、TPR005等)及SHPX型系列(SHPX003等)。Moreover, it is also preferable to use a fibrous filter material as a filter. As a fibrous filter material, polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber, etc. are mentioned, for example. As commercially available products, SBP type series (SBP008, etc.) manufactured by ROKI TECHNO CO., LTD., TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.), and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) can be cited.

使用過濾器時,亦可以組合不同之過濾器(例如,第1過濾器和第2過濾器等)。此時,利用各過濾器之過濾可以僅進行1次,亦可以進行2次以上。又,可以在上述範圍內組合不同孔徑的過濾器。又,利用第1過濾器之過濾僅對分散液進行,混合其他成分之後亦可以利用第2過濾器進行過濾。When using filters, you can also combine different filters (for example, the first filter and the second filter, etc.). At this time, the filtration by each filter may be performed only once, or it may be performed more than twice. In addition, filters with different pore diameters can be combined within the above-mentioned range. In addition, the filtration by the first filter is performed only on the dispersion liquid, and the second filter can also be used for filtration after mixing other components.

<膜> 接著,對本發明的膜進行說明。本發明的膜由上述本發明的樹脂組成物獲得。本發明的膜能夠較佳地用作近紅外線截止濾波器或近紅外線透射濾波器。又,本發明的膜亦能夠用作熱射線屏蔽過濾器。本發明的膜可以為具有圖案的膜,亦可以為不具有圖案的膜(平坦膜)。又,本發明的膜可以積層於支撐體上而使用,亦可以從支撐體上剝離本發明的膜而使用。作為支撐體,可以舉出矽基板等半導體基材或透明基材。<Membrane> Next, the film of the present invention will be described. The film of the present invention is obtained from the above-mentioned resin composition of the present invention. The film of the present invention can be preferably used as a near-infrared cut filter or a near-infrared transmission filter. In addition, the film of the present invention can also be used as a heat ray shielding filter. The film of the present invention may be a film with a pattern or a film without a pattern (flat film). In addition, the film of the present invention may be laminated on a support and used, or the film of the present invention may be peeled off from the support and used. As the support, a semiconductor substrate such as a silicon substrate or a transparent substrate can be mentioned.

又,在用作支撐體之半導體基材上可以形成有電荷耦合元件(CCD)、互補金屬氧化膜半導體(CMOS)、透明導電膜等。又,在半導體基材上可以形成有將各像素隔離之黑矩陣(black matrix)。又,依據需要以及為了改善與上部層之密接性、防止物質的擴散或基板表面的平坦化而在半導體基材上設置底塗層。In addition, a charge coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide film semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the semiconductor substrate used as the support. In addition, a black matrix that isolates each pixel may be formed on the semiconductor substrate. In addition, an undercoat layer is provided on the semiconductor substrate as needed and in order to improve the adhesion with the upper layer, prevent the diffusion of substances, or flatten the surface of the substrate.

關於用作支撐體之透明基材,只要為由至少能夠透射可見光之材料構成者,則並無特別限定。例如,可以舉出由玻璃、樹脂等材質構成之基材。作為樹脂,可以舉出聚對酞酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二醇酯等聚酯樹脂、聚乙烯、聚丙烯、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物等聚烯烴樹脂、降莰烯樹脂、聚丙烯酸酯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯等丙烯酸樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、氯乙烯樹脂、氟樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚乙烯縮丁醛樹脂及聚乙烯醇樹脂等。作為玻璃,可以舉出鈉鈣玻璃、硼矽酸玻璃、無鹼玻璃、石英玻璃及含有銅之玻璃等。作為含有銅之玻璃,可以舉出含有銅之磷酸鹽玻璃及含有銅之氟磷酸鹽玻璃等。含有銅之玻璃亦能夠使用市售品。作為含有銅之玻璃的市售品,可以舉出NF-50(AGC TECHNO GLASS Co.,Ltd.製)等。The transparent substrate used as the support is not particularly limited as long as it is made of a material that can transmit at least visible light. For example, a substrate made of materials such as glass and resin can be cited. Examples of resins include polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate and polybutylene terephthalate, polyolefin resins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, and norbornene resins. , Acrylic resins such as polyacrylate and polymethyl methacrylate, urethane resins, vinyl chloride resins, fluororesins, polycarbonate resins, polyvinyl butyral resins and polyvinyl alcohol resins. Examples of the glass include soda lime glass, borosilicate glass, alkali-free glass, quartz glass, and copper-containing glass. Examples of copper-containing glass include copper-containing phosphate glass and copper-containing fluorophosphate glass. Commercial products can also be used for glass containing copper. Examples of commercially available products of copper-containing glass include NF-50 (manufactured by AGC TECHNO GLASS Co., Ltd.).

本發明的膜的厚度能夠依據目的適當地調整。膜的厚度為20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下為更佳,5μm以下為進一步較佳。膜的厚度的下限為0.1μm以上為較佳,0.2μm以上為更佳。The thickness of the film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. The thickness of the film is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and even more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the thickness of the film is preferably 0.1 μm or more, and more preferably 0.2 μm or more.

在將本發明的膜用作近紅外線截止濾波器之情況下,本發明的膜在波長700~1800nm(較佳為波長700~1300nm,更佳為波長700~1000nm)的範圍內具有極大吸收波長為較佳。又,在波長400~600nm的光的平均透射率為50%以上為較佳,70%以上為更佳,80%以上為進一步較佳,85%以上為特佳。又,在波長400~600nm的所有範圍內的透射率為50%以上為較佳,70%以上為更佳,80%以上為進一步較佳。又,本發明的膜在波長700~1800nm(較佳為波長700~1300nm,更佳為波長700~1000nm)的範圍的至少1點處的透射率為15%以下為較佳,10%以下為更佳,5%以下為進一步較佳。又,本發明的膜在波長400~600nm的範圍內之吸光度的最大值A1 與極大吸收波長中之吸光度A2 之比亦即A1 /A2 為0.30以下為較佳,0.20以下為更佳,0.15以下為進一步較佳,0.10以下為特佳。When the film of the present invention is used as a near-infrared cut filter, the film of the present invention has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm (preferably 700 to 1300 nm, more preferably 700 to 1000 nm). For better. In addition, the average transmittance of light with a wavelength of 400 to 600 nm is preferably 50% or more, more preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and particularly preferably 85% or more. In addition, the transmittance in the entire wavelength range of 400 to 600 nm is preferably 50% or more, more preferably 70% or more, and even more preferably 80% or more. Furthermore, the film of the present invention preferably has a transmittance of 15% or less at at least one point in the wavelength range of 700 to 1800 nm (preferably 700 to 1300 nm, more preferably 700 to 1000 nm), and preferably 10% or less More preferably, 5% or less is even more preferable. In addition, the ratio of the maximum absorbance A 1 of the film of the present invention in the wavelength range of 400 to 600 nm to the absorbance A 2 in the maximum absorption wavelength, that is, A 1 /A 2 is preferably 0.30 or less, and more preferably 0.20 or less. Preferably, 0.15 or less is more preferable, and 0.10 or less is particularly preferable.

在將本發明的膜用作近紅外線透射濾波器之情況下,本發明的膜在波長400~830nm的範圍內之透射率的最大值為20%以下(較佳為15%以下,更佳為10%以下)且在波長1100~1300nm的範圍內之透射率的最小值為70%以上(較佳為75%以上,更佳為80%以上)為較佳。用作近紅外線透射濾波器之本發明的膜滿足以下(1)或(2)中的任一種分光特性為較佳。 (1):在波長400~830nm的範圍內之透射率的最大值為20%以下(較佳為15%以下,更佳為10%以下)且在波長1000~1300nm的範圍內之透射率的最小值為70%以上(較佳為75%以上,更佳為80%以上)。 (2):在波長400~950nm的範圍內之透射率的最大值為20%以下(較佳為15%以下,更佳為10%以下)且在波長1100~1300nm的範圍內之透射率的最小值為70%以上(較佳為75%以上,更佳為80%以上)。When the film of the present invention is used as a near-infrared transmission filter, the maximum value of the transmittance of the film of the present invention in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). The film of the present invention used as a near-infrared transmission filter preferably satisfies either of the following (1) or (2) spectral characteristics. (1): The maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400~830nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) and the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1000~1300nm The minimum value is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). (2): The maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400~950nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) and the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100~1300nm The minimum value is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).

本發明的膜亦能夠與包含彩色著色劑之濾色器組合而使用。濾色器能夠使用包含彩色著色劑之著色組成物來進行製造。作為彩色著色劑,可以舉出作為本發明的樹脂組成物中可以包含者而舉出之彩色著色劑。又,可以使本發明的膜含有彩色著色劑以提供具備作為近紅外線截止濾波器及濾色器的功能之過濾器。The film of the present invention can also be used in combination with a color filter containing a color colorant. The color filter can be manufactured using a coloring composition containing a coloring agent. Examples of the color colorant include color colorants that may be included in the resin composition of the present invention. In addition, the film of the present invention may contain a coloring agent to provide a filter having functions as a near-infrared cut filter and a color filter.

在將本發明的膜用作近紅外線截止濾波器且組合使用本發明的膜及濾色器之情況下,在本發明的膜的光徑上配置濾色器為較佳。例如,積層本發明的膜及濾色器來用作積層體為較佳。在積層體上,本發明的膜與濾色器這兩者可以在厚度方向上相鄰,亦可以不相鄰。在本發明的膜與濾色器在厚度方向上不相鄰時,可以在與形成有濾色器之支撐體分開之另一支撐體上形成有本發明的膜,亦可以在本發明的膜與濾色器之間插入構成固體攝像元件之其他構件(例如,微透鏡、平坦化層等)。When the film of the present invention is used as a near-infrared cut filter and the film of the present invention and the color filter are used in combination, it is preferable to arrange the color filter on the optical path of the film of the present invention. For example, it is preferable to laminate the film and color filter of the present invention as a laminate. On the laminate, the film of the present invention and the color filter may be adjacent to each other in the thickness direction, or may not be adjacent. When the film of the present invention and the color filter are not adjacent in the thickness direction, the film of the present invention may be formed on another support separate from the support on which the color filter is formed, or the film of the present invention may be Insert other components (for example, microlens, planarization layer, etc.) that constitute the solid-state imaging element between the color filter.

本發明的膜能夠用於CCD(電荷耦合元件)或CMOS(互補金屬氧化膜半導體)等固體攝像元件或紅外線感測器、圖像顯示裝置等各種裝置中。The film of the present invention can be used in various devices such as solid-state imaging devices such as CCD (Charge Coupled Device) and CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Film Semiconductor), infrared sensors, and image display devices.

<膜的製造方法> 本發明的膜能夠經過塗佈本發明的樹脂組成物之步驟來製造。<Method of manufacturing film> The film of the present invention can be manufactured through the step of applying the resin composition of the present invention.

作為支撐體,可以舉出上述者。作為樹脂組成物的塗佈方法,能夠使用公知的方法。例如,可以舉出滴加法(滴鑄);狹縫塗佈法;噴霧法;輥塗法;旋轉塗佈法(旋塗法);流延塗佈法;狹縫旋塗法;預濕法(例如,日本特開2009-145395號公報中所記載之方法);噴墨(例如按需方式、壓電方式、熱方式)、噴嘴噴射等噴出系印刷、柔版印刷、網版印刷、凹版印刷、逆轉偏移印刷、金屬遮罩印刷法等各種印刷法;使用模具等之轉印法;奈米壓印法等。作為基於噴墨之適用方法,並無特別限定,例如可以舉出“可推廣、使用之噴墨-專利中看到之無限可能性-,2005年2月發行,S. B. RESEARCH CO.,LTD.”所示之方法(尤其第115頁~第133頁)或日本特開2003-262716號公報、日本特開2003-185831號公報、日本特開2003-261827號公報、日本特開2012-126830號公報及日本特開2006-169325號公報等中所記載之方法。As a support body, the above-mentioned can be mentioned. As a coating method of the resin composition, a well-known method can be used. For example, the drop method (drop casting); slit coating method; spray method; roll coating method; spin coating method (spin coating method); cast coating method; slit spin coating method; pre-wet method (For example, the method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-145395); inkjet (for example, on-demand method, piezoelectric method, thermal method), nozzle jet and other ejection system printing, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure Printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing and other printing methods; transfer methods using molds, etc.; nanoimprinting methods, etc. The application method based on inkjet is not particularly limited. For example, "Inkjet that can be promoted and used-Unlimited Possibilities Seen in Patent-Issued in February 2005, SB RESEARCH CO., LTD." The method shown (especially pages 115 to 133) or Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-262716, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-185831, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-261827, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-126830 And the method described in JP 2006-169325 A, etc.

塗佈樹脂組成物而形成之樹脂組成物層可以進行乾燥(預烘烤)。在進行預烘烤時,預烘烤溫度為150℃以下為較佳,120℃以下為更佳,110℃以下為進一步較佳。下限例如能夠設為50℃以上,亦能夠設為80℃以上。預烘烤時間為10秒鐘~3000秒鐘為較佳,40~2500秒鐘為更佳,80~220秒鐘為進一步較佳。乾燥能夠利用加熱板及烘箱等來進行。The resin composition layer formed by coating the resin composition can be dried (pre-baked). When performing pre-baking, the pre-baking temperature is preferably 150°C or less, more preferably 120°C or less, and even more preferably 110°C or less. The lower limit can be set to 50°C or higher, or 80°C or higher, for example. The pre-baking time is preferably 10 seconds to 3000 seconds, more preferably 40 to 2500 seconds, and even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Drying can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, etc.

在膜的製造方法中,還可以包括形成圖案之步驟。作為圖案形成方法,可以舉出使用光微影法之圖案形成方法或使用乾式蝕刻之圖案形成方法,使用光微影法之圖案形成方法為較佳。再者,在將本發明的膜用作平坦膜之情況下,亦可以不進行形成圖案之步驟。以下,對形成圖案之步驟進行詳細地說明。In the method of manufacturing the film, a step of forming a pattern may also be included. As the pattern formation method, a pattern formation method using a photolithography method or a pattern formation method using dry etching can be cited, and a pattern formation method using the photolithography method is preferred. Furthermore, when the film of the present invention is used as a flat film, the step of forming a pattern may not be performed. Hereinafter, the steps of forming a pattern will be described in detail.

(使用光微影法來形成圖案之情況) 使用光微影法的圖案形成方法包括將塗佈本發明的樹脂組成物而形成之樹脂組成物層曝光成圖案狀之步驟(曝光步驟)及對未曝光部的樹脂組成物層進行顯影去除來形成圖案之步驟(顯影步驟)為較佳。依據需要,可以設置烘烤經顯影之圖案之步驟(後烘烤步驟)。以下,對各步驟進行說明。(In the case of using photolithography to form patterns) The pattern forming method using the photolithography method includes the step of exposing the resin composition layer formed by coating the resin composition of the present invention into a pattern (exposure step) and developing and removing the resin composition layer of the unexposed part. The step of patterning (development step) is preferable. According to needs, the step of baking the developed pattern (post-baking step) can be set. Hereinafter, each step will be described.

<<曝光步驟>> 在曝光步驟中,將樹脂組成物層曝光成圖案狀。例如,利用步進曝光機或掃描曝光機等,並經由具有規定的遮罩圖案之遮罩對樹脂組成物層進行曝光,從而能夠將其曝光成圖案狀。藉此,能夠將曝光部分硬化。<<Exposure Step>> In the exposure step, the resin composition layer is exposed in a pattern. For example, the resin composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing the resin composition layer through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanning exposure machine, or the like. Thereby, the exposed part can be hardened.

作為曝光時能夠使用之放射線(光),可以舉出g線及i線等。又,亦能夠使用波長300nm以下的光(較佳為波長180~300nm的光)。作為波長300nm以下的光,可以舉出KrF線(波長248nm)及ArF線(波長193nm)等,KrF線(波長248nm)為較佳。又,亦能夠利用300nm以上的長波光源。Examples of radiation (light) that can be used for exposure include g-line and i-line. Moreover, light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF line (wavelength 248 nm), ArF line (wavelength 193 nm), and the like. KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) is preferred. In addition, a long-wave light source of 300 nm or more can also be used.

又,曝光時,可以連續照射光來進行曝光,亦可以以脈衝的方式照射來進行曝光(脈衝曝光)。再者,脈衝曝光是指,以短時間(例如,毫秒級別以下)的循環反復進行光的照射和停止來曝光之方式的曝光方法。在脈衝曝光的情況下,脈衝寬度為100奈米秒(ns)以下為較佳,50奈米秒以下為更佳,30奈米秒以下為進一步較佳。脈衝寬度的下限並無特別限定,能夠設為1飛秒(fs)以上,亦能夠設為10飛秒以上。頻率為1kHz以上為較佳,2kHz以上為更佳,4kHz以上為進一步較佳。頻率的上限為50kHz以下為較佳,20kHz以下為更佳,10kHz以下為進一步較佳。最大瞬時照度為50000000W/m2 以上為較佳,100000000W/m2 以上為更佳,200000000W/m2 以上為進一步較佳。又,最大瞬時照度的上限為1000000000W/m2 以下為較佳,800000000W/m2 以下為更佳,500000000W/m2 以下為進一步較佳。再者,脈衝寬度是指,脈衝週期中之光所照射之時間。又,頻率是指,每秒脈衝週期的次數。又,最大瞬時照度是指,在脈衝週期中之光所照射之時間內的平均照度。又,脈衝週期是指,將脈衝曝光中之光的照射和停止設為1次循環之週期。In addition, during exposure, light may be continuously irradiated for exposure, or pulsed may be irradiated for exposure (pulse exposure). In addition, pulse exposure refers to an exposure method in which light is repeatedly irradiated and stopped for exposure in a short-time (for example, millisecond or less) cycle. In the case of pulse exposure, the pulse width is preferably 100 nanoseconds (ns) or less, more preferably 50 nanoseconds or less, and more preferably 30 nanoseconds or less. The lower limit of the pulse width is not particularly limited, and can be set to 1 femtosecond (fs) or more, or can be set to 10 femtoseconds or more. The frequency is preferably 1 kHz or more, more preferably 2 kHz or more, and even more preferably 4 kHz or more. The upper limit of the frequency is preferably 50 kHz or less, more preferably 20 kHz or less, and even more preferably 10 kHz or less. The maximum instantaneous illuminance is preferably 50,000,000 W/m 2 or more, more preferably 100,000,000 W/m 2 or more, and even more preferably 200,000,000 W/m 2 or more. In addition, the upper limit of the maximum instantaneous illuminance is preferably 1000000000 W/m 2 or less, more preferably 800000000 W/m 2 or less, and more preferably 500000000 W/m 2 or less. Furthermore, the pulse width refers to the time during which the light in the pulse period is irradiated. In addition, frequency refers to the number of pulse cycles per second. In addition, the maximum instantaneous illuminance refers to the average illuminance during the time irradiated by light in the pulse period. In addition, the pulse period refers to a period in which the irradiation and stopping of light in pulse exposure is one cycle.

照射量(曝光量)例如為0.03~2.5J/cm2 為較佳,0.05~1.0J/cm2 為更佳。關於曝光時之氧濃度,能夠適當地選擇,除了在大氣下進行曝光以外,例如可以在氧濃度為19體積%以下的低氧環境下(例如,15體積%、5體積%或實質上無氧)進行曝光,亦可以在氧濃度超過21體積%之高氧環境下(例如,22體積%、30體積%或50體積%)下進行曝光。又,曝光照度能夠適當地設定,通常能夠從1000W/m2 ~100000W/m2 (例如,5000W/m2 、15000W/m2 或35000W/m2 )的範圍進行選擇。氧濃度和曝光照度可以適當地組合條件,例如能夠設為氧濃度10體積%且照度10000W/m2 、氧濃度35體積%且照度20000W/m2 等。The irradiation amount (exposure amount) is preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2, and more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2 . Regarding the oxygen concentration during exposure, it can be appropriately selected. In addition to exposure in the atmosphere, for example, it can be in a low-oxygen environment with an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially oxygen-free ) Exposure can also be carried out in a high oxygen environment with an oxygen concentration exceeding 21% by volume (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume). In addition, the exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and can usually be selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100000 W/m 2 (for example, 5000 W/m 2 , 15000 W/m 2 or 35000 W/m 2 ). The oxygen concentration and the exposure illuminance can be appropriately combined with conditions. For example, the oxygen concentration can be 10% by volume and the illuminance is 10,000 W/m 2 , the oxygen concentration is 35% by volume, and the illuminance is 20,000 W/m 2 .

<<顯影步驟>> 接著,顯影去除曝光後的樹脂組成物層中之未曝光部的樹脂組成物層而形成圖案。未曝光部的樹脂組成物層的顯影去除能夠使用顯影液來進行。藉此,曝光步驟中之未曝光部的樹脂組成物層溶出於顯影液中,僅有經光硬化之部分殘留於支撐體上。顯影液的溫度例如為20~30℃為較佳。顯影時間為20~180秒為較佳。又,為了提高殘渣去除性,可以反復進行數次如下步驟,亦即,按每60秒甩掉顯影液並重新供給顯影液。<<Development step>> Next, development removes the resin composition layer in the unexposed part of the exposed resin composition layer to form a pattern. The development and removal of the resin composition layer of the unexposed part can be performed using a developer. Thereby, the resin composition layer of the unexposed part in the exposure step is dissolved in the developing solution, and only the photohardened part remains on the support. The temperature of the developer is preferably 20 to 30°C, for example. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. In addition, in order to improve the residue removal performance, the following steps may be repeated several times, that is, the developer is shaken off every 60 seconds and the developer is re-supplied.

關於顯影液,可以舉出有機溶劑及鹼顯影液等,較佳地使用鹼顯影液。作為鹼顯影液,利用純水稀釋鹼劑而獲得之鹼性水溶液(鹼顯影液)為較佳。作為鹼劑,例如可以舉出氨、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、二甘醇胺(diglycolamine)、二乙醇胺、羥胺、乙二胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化乙基三甲基銨、氫氧化苄基三甲基銨、氫氧化二甲基雙(2-羥基乙基)銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一碳烯等有機鹼性化合物或氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉等無機鹼性化合物。關於鹼劑,分子量大的化合物在環境方面及安全方面為較佳。鹼性水溶液的鹼劑的濃度為0.001~10質量%為較佳,0.01~1質量%為更佳。又,顯影液還可以含有界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,非離子系界面活性劑為較佳。從方便移送或保管等觀點而言,顯影液可以暫時製造成濃縮液,並在使用時稀釋成所需要之濃度。稀釋倍率並無特別限定,例如能夠設定在1.5~100倍的範圍內。又,顯影之後利用純水進行清洗(沖洗)亦為較佳。又,關於沖洗,使形成有顯影之後的組成物層之支撐體旋轉的同時向顯影之後的組成物層供給沖洗液來進行為較佳。又,藉由使吐出沖洗液之噴嘴從支撐體的中心部向支撐體的周緣部移動來進行亦為較佳。此時,當從噴嘴的支撐體中心部向周緣部移動時,可以一邊使噴嘴的移動速度逐漸降低一邊使其移動。藉由以該種方式進行沖洗,能夠抑制沖洗的面內偏差。又,即使使噴嘴從支撐體中心部向周緣部移動的同時使支撐體的轉速逐漸降低,亦可以獲得相同的效果。As for the developer, an organic solvent, an alkali developer, etc. can be mentioned, and an alkali developer is preferably used. As the alkaline developer, an alkaline aqueous solution (alkali developer) obtained by diluting the alkaline agent with pure water is preferred. Examples of alkaline agents include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxylamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, and tetraethylhydroxide. Base ammonium, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide, Choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene and other organic alkaline compounds or sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, silicon Inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium salt and sodium metasilicate. Regarding the alkali agent, a compound with a large molecular weight is preferable in terms of environment and safety. The concentration of the alkali agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass. In addition, the developer may also contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, nonionic surfactants are preferred. From the viewpoint of convenient transportation or storage, the developer can be temporarily made into a concentrated solution and diluted to the required concentration during use. The dilution ratio is not particularly limited, and can be set in the range of 1.5 to 100 times, for example. Furthermore, it is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. In addition, with regard to rinsing, it is preferable to perform the rinsing liquid to the composition layer after development while rotating the support on which the composition layer after development is formed. Moreover, it is also preferable to perform it by moving the nozzle which discharges a rinse liquid from the center part of a support body to the peripheral part of a support body. At this time, when moving from the center portion of the support body of the nozzle to the peripheral edge portion, the nozzle can be moved while gradually reducing the movement speed of the nozzle. By performing rinsing in this way, the in-plane deviation of rinsing can be suppressed. In addition, even if the nozzle is moved from the central portion of the support to the peripheral edge portion while gradually reducing the rotation speed of the support, the same effect can be obtained.

顯影之後,實施乾燥之後進行追加曝光處理或加熱處理(後烘烤)為較佳。追加曝光處理或後烘烤為用於使其成為完全硬化者的顯影之後的硬化處理。後烘烤中之加熱溫度例如為100~240℃為較佳,200~240℃為更佳。關於後烘烤,能夠以成為上述條件之方式,使用加熱板或對流烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高頻加熱機等加熱機構,以連續式或間歇式對顯影之後的膜進行。在進行追加曝光處理之情況下,曝光中所使用之光為波長400nm以下的光為較佳。又,追加曝光處理可以使用韓國公開專利第10-2017-0122130號公報中所記載之方法來進行。After development, it is preferable to perform additional exposure treatment or heat treatment (post-baking) after drying. The additional exposure process or post-baking is a curing process after development for making it a fully cured product. The heating temperature in the post-baking is, for example, preferably 100-240°C, more preferably 200-240°C. Regarding post-baking, the film after development can be continuously or intermittently performed using a heating mechanism such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater so as to meet the above-mentioned conditions. When performing additional exposure processing, the light used in the exposure is preferably light with a wavelength of 400 nm or less. In addition, the additional exposure processing can be performed using the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.

(使用乾式蝕刻法來形成圖案之情況) 使用乾式蝕刻法進行之圖案形成能夠利用如下等方法來進行:使將上述樹脂組成物塗佈於支撐體上而形成之樹脂組成物層硬化來形成硬化物層,接著,在該硬化物層上形成經圖案化之光阻層,接著,將經圖案化之光阻層作為遮罩,使用蝕刻氣體對硬化物層進行乾式蝕刻。在形成光阻層時,實施預烘烤處理為較佳。關於使用乾式蝕刻法進行之圖案形成,能夠參閱日本特開2013-064993號公報的0010~0067段的記載,將該內容編入本說明書中。(When dry etching is used to form patterns) The pattern formation by dry etching can be performed by a method such as: curing the resin composition layer formed by coating the resin composition on the support to form a cured layer, and then on the cured layer A patterned photoresist layer is formed, and then the patterned photoresist layer is used as a mask, and an etching gas is used to dry-etch the hardened layer. When forming the photoresist layer, it is better to perform a pre-baking process. Regarding the pattern formation by the dry etching method, refer to the description in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP 2013-064993 A, and this content is incorporated into this specification.

<近紅外線截止濾波器> 本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器具有上述本發明的膜。本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器在波長400~600nm的光的平均透射率為70%以上為較佳,80%以上為更佳,85%以上為進一步較佳,90%以上為特佳。又,在波長400~600nm的所有範圍內的透射率為70%以上為較佳,80%以上為更佳,90%以上為進一步較佳。又,近紅外線截止濾波器的近紅外線屏蔽性的較佳範圍依據用途而不同,但是在波長700~1800nm(較佳為波長700~1300nm,更佳為波長700~1000nm)的範圍的至少1點處的透射率為20%以下為較佳,15%以下為更佳,10%以下為進一步較佳。<Near infrared cut filter> The near-infrared cut filter of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. The near-infrared cut filter of the present invention preferably has an average transmittance of light with a wavelength of 400 to 600 nm of 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, more preferably 85% or more, and particularly preferably 90% or more. In addition, the transmittance in the entire wavelength range of 400 to 600 nm is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and more preferably 90% or more. In addition, the preferable range of the near-infrared shielding properties of the near-infrared cut filter differs depending on the application, but at least one point in the range of the wavelength of 700 to 1800 nm (preferably 700 to 1300 nm, more preferably 700 to 1000 nm) The transmittance is preferably 20% or less, more preferably 15% or less, and even more preferably 10% or less.

本發明的近紅外線截止濾波器除了上述本發明的膜以外還可以具有含有銅之層、介電體多層膜及紫外線吸收層等。作為紫外線吸收層,例如可以舉出國際公開第2015/099060號的0040~0070段、0119~0145段中所記載之吸收層。作為介電體多層膜,可以舉出日本特開2014-041318號公報的0255~0259段中所記載之介電體多層膜。作為含有銅之層,亦能夠使用由含有銅之玻璃構成之玻璃基板(含銅的玻璃基板)或包含銅錯合物之層(含銅錯合物的層)。作為含銅的玻璃基板,可以舉出含有銅之磷酸鹽玻璃及含有銅之氟磷酸鹽玻璃等。作為含銅的玻璃的市售品,可以舉出NF-50(AGC TECHNO GLASS Co.,Ltd.製)、BG-60、BG-61(以上為Schott公司製)及CD5000(HOYA CORPORATION製)等。The near-infrared cut filter of the present invention may have a copper-containing layer, a dielectric multilayer film, an ultraviolet absorbing layer, and the like in addition to the film of the present invention described above. Examples of the ultraviolet absorbing layer include those described in paragraphs 0040 to 0070 and paragraphs 0119 to 0145 of International Publication No. 2015/099060. Examples of the dielectric multilayer film include the dielectric multilayer film described in paragraphs 0255 to 0259 of JP 2014-041318 A. As the layer containing copper, it is also possible to use a glass substrate (glass substrate containing copper) composed of glass containing copper or a layer containing a copper complex compound (layer containing a copper complex compound). Examples of copper-containing glass substrates include copper-containing phosphate glass and copper-containing fluorophosphate glass. Commercial products of copper-containing glass include NF-50 (manufactured by AGC TECHNO GLASS Co., Ltd.), BG-60, BG-61 (manufactured by Schott), CD5000 (manufactured by HOYA CORPORATION), etc. .

<近紅外線透射濾波器> 本發明的近紅外線透射濾波器具有上述本發明的膜。本發明的近紅外線透射濾波器在波長400~830nm的範圍內之透射率的最大值為20%以下(較佳為15%以下,更佳為10%以下)且在波長1100~1300nm的範圍內之透射率的最小值為70%以上(較佳為75%以上,更佳為80%以上)為較佳。本發明的近紅外線透射濾波器滿足以下(1)或(2)中的任一種分光特性為較佳。 (1):在波長400~830nm的範圍內之透射率的最大值為20%以下(較佳為15%以下,更佳為10%以下)且在波長1000~1300nm的範圍內之透射率的最小值為70%以上(較佳為75%以上,更佳為80%以上)。 (2):在波長400~950nm的範圍內之透射率的最大值為20%以下(較佳為15%以下,更佳為10%以下)且在波長1100~1300nm的範圍內之透射率的最小值為70%以上(較佳為75%以上,更佳為80%以上)。<Near infrared transmission filter> The near-infrared transmission filter of the present invention has the above-mentioned film of the present invention. The near-infrared transmission filter of the present invention has a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm, and in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm The minimum transmittance is preferably 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). The near-infrared transmission filter of the present invention preferably satisfies either of the following (1) or (2) spectral characteristics. (1): The maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400~830nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) and the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1000~1300nm The minimum value is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). (2): The maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400~950nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) and the transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100~1300nm The minimum value is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).

<固體攝像元件> 本發明的固體攝像元件包含上述本發明的膜。作為固體攝像元件的結構,只要為具有本發明的膜之結構且為作為固體攝像元件而發揮功能之結構,則並無特別限定。例如,可以舉出如下結構。<Solid-state imaging device> The solid-state imaging element of the present invention includes the above-mentioned film of the present invention. The structure of the solid-state imaging element is not particularly limited as long as it has the structure of the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state imaging element. For example, the following structure can be mentioned.

其結構如下,亦即,在支撐體上具有包括構成固體攝像元件的受光區域之複數個光二極體及多晶矽等之傳送電極,在光二極體及傳送電極上具有僅光二極體的受光部開口之包括鎢等之遮光膜,在遮光膜上具有包括以覆蓋遮光膜整個表面及光二極體受光部的方式形成之氮化矽等之元件保護膜,在元件保護膜上具有本發明的膜。進而,亦可以為在元件保護膜上且本發明的膜的下側(靠近支撐體的一側)具有聚光機構(例如,微透鏡等。以下相同)之結構或在本發明的膜上具有聚光機構之結構等。又,濾色器可以具有在由隔壁隔開成例如格子狀之空間埋入有形成各像素之膜之結構。此時的隔壁的折射率低於各像素的折射率為較佳。作為具有該種結構之攝像裝置的例子,可以舉出日本特開2012-227478號公報及日本特開2014-179577號公報中所記載之裝置。The structure is as follows. That is, the support has a plurality of photodiodes and polysilicon transmission electrodes that constitute the light receiving area of the solid-state imaging element, and the photodiodes and the transmission electrodes have light-receiving openings of only the photodiodes. The light-shielding film including tungsten, etc. has an element protection film including silicon nitride formed to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the light-receiving portion of the photodiode on the light-shielding film, and the film of the present invention is provided on the element protection film. Furthermore, it may be a structure in which the film of the present invention has a light-condensing mechanism (for example, a micro lens, etc.. The same below) on the element protection film and the film of the present invention has a structure on the lower side (the side close to the support), or the film of the present invention has The structure of the concentrating mechanism, etc. In addition, the color filter may have a structure in which a film forming each pixel is buried in a space partitioned by a partition in a lattice shape, for example. At this time, the refractive index of the partition wall is preferably lower than the refractive index of each pixel. As an example of an imaging device having such a structure, the devices described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-227478 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-179577 can be cited.

<圖像顯示裝置> 本發明的圖像顯示裝置包含本發明的膜。作為圖像顯示裝置,可以舉出液晶顯示裝置或有機電致發光(有機EL)顯示裝置等。關於圖像顯示裝置的定義或詳細內容,例如記載於“電子顯示器元件(佐佐木昭夫著,Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,Ltd.,1990年發行)”、“顯示器元件(伊吹順章著,Sangyo Tosho Publishing Co.,Ltd.,1989年發行)”等。又,關於液晶顯示裝置,例如記載於“下一代液晶顯示器技術(內田龍男編輯,Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,Ltd.,1994年發行)”。能夠適用於本發明之液晶顯示裝置並無特別限制,例如能夠適用於上述“下一代液晶顯示器技術”中所記載之各種方式的液晶顯示裝置。圖像顯示裝置可以為具有白色有機EL元件者。作為白色有機EL元件,串聯(tandem)結構為較佳。關於有機EL元件的串聯結構,記載於日本特開2003-045676號公報、三上明義監修、“有機EL技術開發的最前線-高亮度・高精度・長壽命化・技巧集-”、Technical Information Institute Co.,Ltd.,第326頁~第328頁,2008年等。有機EL元件所發出之白色光的光譜為在藍色區域(430~485nm)、綠色區域(530~580nm)及黃色區域(580~620nm)具有強的極大發光峰者為較佳。除了該等發光峰以外,在紅色區域(650~700nm)還具有極大發光峰者為更佳。<Image display device> The image display device of the present invention includes the film of the present invention. Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device, an organic electroluminescence (organic EL) display device, and the like. The definition or details of the image display device are described in, for example, "Electronic Display Elements (by Akio Sasaki, Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd., published in 1990)", "Display Elements (by Ibuki Junsho, Sangyo Tosho Publishing) Co., Ltd., issued in 1989)” and so on. In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (Edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd., 1994)". The liquid crystal display device applicable to the present invention is not particularly limited. For example, it can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology". The image display device may have a white organic EL element. As a white organic EL element, a tandem structure is preferable. Regarding the tandem structure of organic EL elements, it is described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-045676, Supervised by Akoyoshi Mikami, "The Forefront of Organic EL Technology Development-High Brightness, High Precision, Long Lifetime, Skill Collection -", Technical Information Institute Co., Ltd., page 326 to page 328, 2008, etc. The spectrum of the white light emitted by the organic EL element is preferably the one that has strong and extremely large luminous peaks in the blue region (430-485 nm), green region (530-580 nm), and yellow region (580-620 nm). In addition to these luminous peaks, it is better to have a very large luminous peak in the red region (650-700nm).

<紅外線感測器> 本發明的紅外線感測器包含上述本發明的膜。作為紅外線感測器的結構,只要為作為紅外線感測器發揮功能之結構,則並無特別限定。以下,使用圖式對本發明的紅外線感測器的一實施形態進行說明。<Infrared sensor> The infrared sensor of the present invention includes the above-mentioned film of the present invention. The structure of the infrared sensor is not particularly limited as long as it functions as an infrared sensor. Hereinafter, an embodiment of the infrared sensor of the present invention will be described using drawings.

圖1中,符號110為固體攝像元件。在固體攝像元件110的攝像區域上配置有近紅外線截止濾波器111及近紅外線透射濾波器114。又,在近紅外線截止濾波器111上配置有濾色器112。在濾色器112及近紅外線透射濾波器114的入射光hν側配置有微透鏡115。以覆蓋微透鏡115之方式形成有平坦化層116。In FIG. 1, reference numeral 110 is a solid-state imaging element. A near-infrared cut filter 111 and a near-infrared transmission filter 114 are arranged on the imaging area of the solid-state imaging element 110. In addition, a color filter 112 is arranged on the near-infrared cut filter 111. A microlens 115 is arranged on the incident light hν side of the color filter 112 and the near-infrared transmission filter 114. A planarization layer 116 is formed to cover the microlens 115.

近紅外線截止濾波器111能夠使用本發明的樹脂組成物來形成。近紅外線截止濾波器111的分光特性依據所使用之紅外發光二極體(紅外LED)的發光波長來選擇。濾色器112為形成有透射及吸收可見區域中之特定波長的光之像素之濾色器,且並無特別限定,能夠使用以往公知的像素形成用的濾色器。例如,可以使用形成有紅色(R)、綠色(G)、藍色(B)的像素之濾色器等。例如,能夠參閱日本特開2014-043556號公報的0214~0263段的記載,將該內容編入本說明書中。近紅外線透射濾波器114依據所使用之紅外LED的發光波長來選擇其特性。The near-infrared cut filter 111 can be formed using the resin composition of the present invention. The spectral characteristics of the near-infrared cut filter 111 are selected according to the emission wavelength of the infrared light-emitting diode (infrared LED) used. The color filter 112 is a color filter formed with pixels that transmit and absorb light of a specific wavelength in the visible region, and is not particularly limited, and conventionally known color filters for pixel formation can be used. For example, a color filter formed with pixels of red (R), green (G), and blue (B) can be used. For example, reference can be made to the description in paragraphs 0214 to 0263 of JP 2014-043556 A, and the content can be incorporated into this specification. The characteristics of the near-infrared transmission filter 114 are selected according to the emission wavelength of the infrared LED used.

在圖1所示之紅外線感測器中,可以在平坦化層116上進一步配置有與近紅外線截止濾波器111分開之另一近紅外線截止濾波器(其他近紅外線截止濾波器)。作為其他近紅外線截止濾波器,可以舉出具有含有銅之層和/或介電體多層膜者等。關於該等詳細內容,可以舉出上述者。又,作為其他近紅外線截止濾波器,可以使用雙頻帶濾波器(dual band pass filter)。 [實施例]In the infrared sensor shown in FIG. 1, another near infrared cut filter (other near infrared cut filter) separated from the near infrared cut filter 111 may be further disposed on the planarization layer 116. Examples of other near-infrared cut filters include those having copper-containing layers and/or dielectric multilayer films. Regarding these details, the above can be cited. In addition, as another near-infrared cut filter, a dual band pass filter can be used. [Example]

以下舉出實施例對本發明進行更具體地說明。以下實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理順序等只要不脫離本發明的宗旨,則能夠適當地進行變更。從而,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。Examples are given below to illustrate the present invention more specifically. The materials, usage amount, ratio, processing content, processing sequence, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.

<分散液的製備> 以下述表中所記載的摻合量(質量份)混合下述表中所記載的原料,進一步添加直徑0.3mm的氧化鋯珠230質量份,並使用塗料攪拌器進行5小時的分散處理之後,利用過濾來分離珠子,從而製造了分散液。下述表的摻合量一欄中所記載的數值為質量份。再者,下述表中的“NMP與DMAc的含量(質量ppm)”一欄的數值為分散液中的N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)與二甲基乙醯胺(DMAc)的合計含量(質量ppm)的數值。<Preparation of dispersions> After mixing the raw materials described in the following table with the blending amount (parts by mass) described in the following table, and further adding 230 mass parts of zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.3 mm, and performing a dispersion treatment for 5 hours using a paint stirrer, The beads are separated by filtration to produce a dispersion. The value described in the column of the blending amount in the following table is parts by mass. In addition, the value in the column of "NMP and DMAc content (mass ppm)" in the following table is the total of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) and dimethylacetamide (DMAc) in the dispersion The value of content (mass ppm).

[表1] 色材 色素衍生物 樹脂 溶劑 NMP與DMAc的含量 (質量ppm) 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 分散液1 P-1 10 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液2 P-1-A 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 77 20 分散液3 P-1-B 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 77 200 分散液4 P-1-C 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 77 20 分散液5 P-1-D 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 77 20 分散液6 P-1 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液7 P-2 8 Sy-2 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液8 P-3 8 Sy-2 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液9 P-4 8 Sy-2 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液10 P-5 8 Sy-2 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液11 P-5 8 Sy-3 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液12 P-5 8 Sy-4 2 D-4 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液13 P-6 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液14 P-7 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液15 P-8 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液16 P-9 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液17 P-10 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液18 P-11 8 Sy-5 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液19 P-12 8 Sy-6 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液20 P-13 8 Sy-6 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液21 P-14 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液22 P-15 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液23 P-16 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液24 P-2 P-3 4 4 Sy-2 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液25 P-1 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-2 77 0.0025 25 [表2] 色材 色素衍生物 樹脂 溶劑 NMP與DMAc的含量 (質量ppm) 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 分散液26 P-5 8 Sy-2 Sy-3 1 1 D-1 B-1 67 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 分散液27 P-1-D 12 Sy-1 3 D-1 B-1 9 10.5 S-1 65.5 30 分散液28 P-1-D 4 Sy-1 1 D-1 B-1 3 3.5 S-1 88.5 10 分散液29 P-1-D 6 Sy-1 4 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 77 15 分散液30 P-1-D 9 Sy-1 1 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 77 22.5 分散液31 P-1-D 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 13 S-1 77 20 分散液32 P-1-D 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 2 11 S-1 77 20 分散液33 P-1-D 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 11 2 S-1 77 20 分散液34 P-1-D 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-2 6 7 S-1 77 20 分散液35 P-1-D 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-2 77 20 分散液36 P-1-D 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 S-3 38.5 38.5 20 分散液37 P-1-D 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 2.8 3.2 S-1 84 20 分散液38 P-1-D 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 9.2 10.8 S-1 70 20 分散液39 P-1 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.25 2500 分散液40 P-1 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.025 250 分散液41 P-1 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.00025 2.5 分散液42 P-1 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.000025 0.25 分散液43 P-1 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0000025 0.025 分散液44 P-1 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.00000025 0.0025 分散液45 P-17 P-19 10.7 5.3 Sy-8 4 D-1 B-1 5.5 6.5 S-1 68 0 分散液46 P-18 P-20 10.7 5.3 Sy-7 4 D-1 B-1 5.5 6.5 S-1 68 0 分散液47 P-21 16 Sy-8 4 D-1 B-1 5.5 6.5 S-1 68 0 分散液48 P-22 16 Sy-8 4 D-1 B-1 5.5 6.5 S-1 68 0 分散液49 P-1 10 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 77 0 [Table 1] Color material Pigment Derivatives Resin Solvent NMP and DMAc content (mass ppm) name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount Dispersion 1 P-1 10 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 2 P-1-A 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 77 20 Dispersion 3 P-1-B 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 77 200 Dispersion 4 P-1-C 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 77 20 Dispersion 5 P-1-D 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 77 20 Dispersion 6 P-1 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 7 P-2 8 Sy-2 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 8 P-3 8 Sy-2 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 9 P-4 8 Sy-2 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 10 P-5 8 Sy-2 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 11 P-5 8 Sy-3 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 12 P-5 8 Sy-4 2 D-4 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 13 P-6 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 14 P-7 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 15 P-8 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 16 P-9 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 17 P-10 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 18 P-11 8 Sy-5 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 19 P-12 8 Sy-6 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 20 P-13 8 Sy-6 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 21 P-14 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 22 P-15 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 23 P-16 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 24 P-2 P-3 4 4 Sy-2 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 25 P-1 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-2 77 0.0025 25 [Table 2] Color material Pigment Derivatives Resin Solvent NMP and DMAc content (mass ppm) name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount Dispersion 26 P-5 8 Sy-2 Sy-3 1 1 D-1 B-1 67 S-1 X-1 77 0.0025 25 Dispersion 27 P-1-D 12 Sy-1 3 D-1 B-1 9 10.5 S-1 65.5 30 Dispersion 28 P-1-D 4 Sy-1 1 D-1 B-1 3 3.5 S-1 88.5 10 Dispersion 29 P-1-D 6 Sy-1 4 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 77 15 Dispersion 30 P-1-D 9 Sy-1 1 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 77 22.5 Dispersion 31 P-1-D 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 13 S-1 77 20 Dispersion 32 P-1-D 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 2 11 S-1 77 20 Dispersion 33 P-1-D 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 11 2 S-1 77 20 Dispersion 34 P-1-D 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-2 6 7 S-1 77 20 Dispersion 35 P-1-D 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-2 77 20 Dispersion 36 P-1-D 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 S-3 38.5 38.5 20 Dispersion 37 P-1-D 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 2.8 3.2 S-1 84 20 Dispersion 38 P-1-D 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 9.2 10.8 S-1 70 20 Dispersion 39 P-1 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.25 2500 Dispersion 40 P-1 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.025 250 Dispersion 41 P-1 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.00025 2.5 Dispersion 42 P-1 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.000025 0.25 Dispersion 43 P-1 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.0000025 0.025 Dispersion 44 P-1 8 Sy-1 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 X-1 77 0.00000025 0.0025 Dispersion 45 P-17 P-19 10.7 5.3 Sy-8 4 D-1 B-1 5.5 6.5 S-1 68 0 Dispersion 46 P-18 P-20 10.7 5.3 Sy-7 4 D-1 B-1 5.5 6.5 S-1 68 0 Dispersion 47 P-21 16 Sy-8 4 D-1 B-1 5.5 6.5 S-1 68 0 Dispersion 48 P-22 16 Sy-8 4 D-1 B-1 5.5 6.5 S-1 68 0 Dispersion 49 P-1 10 2 D-1 B-1 6 7 S-1 77 0

上述表中所記載的材料的縮寫如下所示。 (色材)The abbreviations of the materials listed in the above table are as follows. (Color material)

P-1、P-2、P-3、P-4、P-5、P-6、P-7、P-8、P-9、P-10、P-1、P-12、P-13、P-14、P-15、P-16:下述結構的化合物(任一式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素) [化學式41]

Figure 02_image087
[化學式42]
Figure 02_image089
[化學式43]
Figure 02_image091
P-1, P-2, P-3, P-4, P-5, P-6, P-7, P-8, P-9, P-10, P-1, P-12, P- 13. P-14, P-15, P-16: Compounds of the following structures (near infrared absorbing dyes represented by any formula (SQ1)) [Chemical formula 41]
Figure 02_image087
[Chemical formula 42]
Figure 02_image089
[Chemical formula 43]
Figure 02_image091

P-1-A:使用以下方法製造之色材P-1-A 相對於化合物P-1的100質量份添加550質量份的N-甲基吡咯啶酮,並在25℃下攪拌了3小時。接著,添加300質量份的甲醇並攪拌10分鐘,將所獲得之沉澱物濾出之後,利用甲醇進行清洗,並在減壓下使其乾燥,從而製造了含有化合物P-1及N-甲基吡咯啶酮之色材P-1-A。色材P-1-A的N-甲基吡咯啶酮的含量為250質量ppm。P-1-A: Color material P-1-A manufactured by the following method 550 parts by mass of N-methylpyrrolidone was added with respect to 100 parts by mass of compound P-1, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 3 hours. Next, 300 parts by mass of methanol was added and stirred for 10 minutes, and the obtained precipitate was filtered out, washed with methanol, and dried under reduced pressure, thereby producing compounds containing P-1 and N-methyl The color material of pyrrolidone P-1-A. The content of N-methylpyrrolidone in the color material P-1-A was 250 ppm by mass.

P-1-B:使用以下方法製造之色材P-1-B 相對於化合物P-1的100質量份添加550質量份的N-甲基吡咯啶酮,並在25℃下攪拌了3小時。接著,添加300質量份的甲醇並攪拌10分鐘,將所獲得之沉澱物濾出之後,利用甲醇進行清洗,並在減壓下使其乾燥,從而製造了含有化合物P-1及N-甲基吡咯啶酮之色材P-1-B。色材P-1-B的N-甲基吡咯啶酮的含量為2500質量ppm。P-1-B: Color material P-1-B manufactured by the following method 550 parts by mass of N-methylpyrrolidone was added with respect to 100 parts by mass of compound P-1, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 3 hours. Next, 300 parts by mass of methanol was added and stirred for 10 minutes, and the obtained precipitate was filtered out, washed with methanol, and dried under reduced pressure, thereby producing compounds containing P-1 and N-methyl The color material of pyrrolidone P-1-B. The content of N-methylpyrrolidone in the color material P-1-B was 2500 mass ppm.

P-1-C:使用以下方法製造之色材P-1-C 相對於化合物P-1的100質量份添加550質量份的二甲基乙醯胺,並在25℃下攪拌了3小時。接著,添加300質量份的甲醇並攪拌10分鐘,將所獲得之沉澱物濾出之後,利用甲醇進行清洗,並在減壓下使其乾燥,從而製造了含有化合物P-1及二甲基乙醯胺之色材P-1-C。色材P-1-C的二甲基乙醯胺的含量為250質量ppm。P-1-C: Color material P-1-C manufactured by the following method 550 parts by mass of dimethylacetamide was added with respect to 100 parts by mass of compound P-1, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 3 hours. Then, 300 parts by mass of methanol was added and stirred for 10 minutes, and the obtained precipitate was filtered out, washed with methanol, and dried under reduced pressure to produce compound P-1 and dimethyl ethyl The color material of amide P-1-C. The content of dimethylacetamide in the color material P-1-C was 250 ppm by mass.

P-1-D:使用以下方法製造之色材P-1-D 相對於化合物P-1的100質量份添加550質量份的N-甲基吡咯啶酮,並在25℃下攪拌了3小時。接著,添加300質量份的甲醇並攪拌10分鐘,將所獲得之沉澱物濾出之後,利用甲醇進行清洗,並在減壓下使其乾燥,從而製造了含有化合物P-1及N-甲基吡咯啶酮之色材P-1-D1。色材P-1-D1的N-甲基吡咯啶酮的含量為2500質量ppm。 接著,將5.3質量份的色材P-1-D1、74.7質量份的磨碎劑及14質量份的黏合劑添加至Labo Plastomill(Toyo Seiki Seisaku-sho, Ltd.製)中,並進行溫度控制以使裝置中的混練物的溫度成為70℃,並混練了2小時。磨碎劑使用了OSHIO MICRON T-0(平均粒徑(體積基準的50%直徑(D50))=10μm、Ako Kasei Co.,Ltd.製),黏合劑使用了二乙二醇。利用24℃的水10L對混練研磨後的混練物進行水洗處理來除去磨碎劑及黏合劑,並利用加熱爐在80℃下進行24小時的處理,從而製造了含有化合物P-1及N-甲基吡咯啶酮之色材P-1-D。色材P-1-D的N-甲基吡咯啶酮的含量為250質量ppm。P-1-D: Color material P-1-D manufactured by the following method 550 parts by mass of N-methylpyrrolidone was added with respect to 100 parts by mass of compound P-1, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 3 hours. Next, 300 parts by mass of methanol was added and stirred for 10 minutes, and the obtained precipitate was filtered out, washed with methanol, and dried under reduced pressure, thereby producing compounds containing P-1 and N-methyl The color material of pyrrolidone is P-1-D1. The content of N-methylpyrrolidone in the color material P-1-D1 was 2500 mass ppm. Next, 5.3 parts by mass of color material P-1-D1, 74.7 parts by mass of grinding agent, and 14 parts by mass of binder were added to Labo Plastomill (manufactured by Toyo Seiki Seisaku-sho, Ltd.), and the temperature was controlled. It was kneaded for 2 hours so that the temperature of the kneaded product in the device was 70°C. OSHIO MICRON T-0 (average particle size (50% diameter (D50) on a volume basis) = 10 μm, manufactured by Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.) was used as the grinding agent, and diethylene glycol was used as the binder. The kneaded product after kneading and grinding was washed with 10L of water at 24°C to remove the grind and binder, and treated in a heating furnace at 80°C for 24 hours to produce compounds containing P-1 and N- Color material P-1-D for methylpyrrolidone. The content of N-methylpyrrolidone in the color material P-1-D was 250 ppm by mass.

P-17:C.I.Pigment Red254(紅色顏料) P-18:C.I.Pigment Blue15:6(藍色顏料) P-19:C.I.Pigment Yellow139(黃色顏料) P-20:C.I.Pigment Violet23(紫色顏料) P-21:Irgaphor Black(BASF公司製、雙苯并呋喃酮化合物、有機系黑色著色劑) P-22:Limogen Black(BASF公司製、苝化合物、有機系黑色著色劑)P-17: C.I.Pigment Red254 (red pigment) P-18: C.I.Pigment Blue15:6 (blue pigment) P-19: C.I.Pigment Yellow139 (yellow pigment) P-20: C.I.Pigment Violet23 (purple pigment) P-21: Irgaphor Black (manufactured by BASF, bisbenzofuranone compound, organic black colorant) P-22: Limogen Black (manufactured by BASF, perylene compound, organic black colorant)

(色素衍生物) Sy-1~Sy-8:下述結構的化合物 [化學式44]

Figure 02_image093
[化學式45]
Figure 02_image095
(Pigment Derivatives) Sy-1~Sy-8: Compounds of the following structure [Chemical formula 44]
Figure 02_image093
[Chemical formula 45]
Figure 02_image095

(樹脂) D-1:下述結構的嵌段型樹脂(胺值=90mgKOH/g,4級銨鹽值=30mgKOH/g,重量平均分子量=9800)。在主鏈上所附記之數值表示重複單元的莫耳比。 [化學式46]

Figure 02_image097
D-4:下述結構的樹脂(重量平均分子量=7500,所附記之數值表示重複單元的莫耳比) [化學式47]
Figure 02_image099
B-1:下述結構的樹脂(重量平均分子量=26000,所附記之數值表示重複單元的莫耳比) [化學式48]
Figure 02_image101
B-2:下述結構的樹脂(重量平均分子量=10000,在主鏈上所附記之數值表示重複單元的莫耳比。) [化學式49]
Figure 02_image103
(Resin) D-1: Block type resin with the following structure (amine value=90mgKOH/g, quaternary ammonium salt value=30mgKOH/g, weight average molecular weight=9800). The numerical value attached to the main chain indicates the molar ratio of the repeating unit. [Chemical formula 46]
Figure 02_image097
D-4: Resin with the following structure (weight average molecular weight=7500, and the attached value represents the molar ratio of the repeating unit) [Chemical formula 47]
Figure 02_image099
B-1: Resin with the following structure (weight average molecular weight = 26000, the attached value represents the molar ratio of the repeating unit) [Chemical formula 48]
Figure 02_image101
B-2: Resin with the following structure (weight average molecular weight = 10000, and the numerical value attached to the main chain represents the molar ratio of the repeating unit.) [Chemical formula 49]
Figure 02_image103

(溶劑) S-1:丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA) X-1:N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)(Solvent) S-1: Propylene glycol methyl ether acetate (PGMEA) X-1: N-Methylpyrrolidone (NMP)

<樹脂組成物的製備> 混合下述表中所記載的原料來製備樹脂組成物。下述表的摻合量一欄中所記載的數值為質量份。再者,下述表中的“NMP與DMAc的含量(質量ppm)”一欄的數值為樹脂組成物中的N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)與二甲基乙醯胺(DMAc)的合計含量(質量ppm)的數值。<Preparation of resin composition> The raw materials described in the following table were mixed to prepare a resin composition. The value described in the column of the blending amount in the following table is parts by mass. In addition, the value in the column of "NMP and DMAc content (mass ppm)" in the following table is the ratio of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) and dimethylacetamide (DMAc) in the resin composition The value of the total content (mass ppm).

[表3] 分散液 聚合性化合物 樹脂 光聚合起始劑 添加劑 界面活性劑 聚合抑制劑 溶劑 NMP與DMAc的含量 (質量ppm) 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 實施例101 分散液1 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例102 分散液2 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例103 分散液3 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 80 實施例104 分散液4 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例105 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例106 分散液6 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例107 分散液7 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例108 分散液8 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例109 分散液9 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例110 分散液10 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例111 分散液11 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例112 分散液12 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例113 分散液13 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例114 分散液14 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例115 分散液15 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例116 分散液16 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例117 分散液17 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例118 分散液18 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例119 分散液19 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例120 分散液20 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例121 分散液21 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例122 分散液22 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例123 分散液23 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例124 分散液24 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例125 分散液25 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例126 分散液26 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 實施例127 分散液27 26.7 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 62.5 8 實施例128 分散液28 80 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 9.2 8 實施例129 分散液29 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 6 實施例130 分散液30 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 9 [表4] 分散液 聚合性化合物 樹脂 光聚合起始劑 添加劑 界面活性劑 聚合抑制劑 溶劑 NMP與DMAc的含量 (質量ppm) 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 實施例131 分散液31 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例132 分散液32 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例133 分散液33 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例134 分散液34 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例135 分散液35 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例136 分散液36 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例137 分散液37 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 7 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 46.4 8 實施例138 分散液38 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 1.4 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 52 8 實施例139 分散液39 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 1000 實施例140 分散液40 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 100 實施例141 分散液41 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 1 實施例142 分散液42 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 0.1 實施例143 分散液43 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 0.01 實施例144 分散液44 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 0.001 實施例145 分散液5 40 M-1 7.5 B-1 2.3 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例146 分散液5 40 M-1 3.5 B-1 6.3 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例147 分散液5 40 M-2 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例148 分散液5 40 M-3 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例149 分散液5 40 M-4 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例150 分散液5 40 M-5 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例151 分散液5 40 M-1 M-3 2.8 2.8 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例152 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-2 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例153 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-3 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例154 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 B-2 2.1 2.1 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例155 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例156 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-2 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例157 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-3 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例158 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-4 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例159 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-5 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例160 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 I-2 0.5 0.5 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 [表5] 分散液 聚合性化合物 樹脂 光聚合起始劑 添加劑 界面活性劑 聚合抑制劑 溶劑 NMP與DMAc的含量 (質量ppm) 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 實施例161 分散液5 40 M-1 5.5 B-1 4 I-1 1 A-1 0.2 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.3 8 實施例162 分散液5 40 M-1 5.5 B-1 4 I-1 1 A-2 0.2 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.3 8 實施例163 分散液5 40 M-1 5.5 B-1 4 I-1 1 A-3 0.2 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.3 8 實施例164 分散液5 40 M-1 5.5 B-1 4 I-1 1 A-4 0.2 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.3 8 實施例165 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.00025 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例166 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.001 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例167 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-2 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例168 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-3 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例169 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-4 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例170 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例171 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-2 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 實施例172 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.002 S-1 49.2 8 實施例173 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.1 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.1 S-1 49.2 8 實施例174 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 S-2 24.6 24.6 8 實施例175 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 S-3 24.6 24.6 8 實施例176 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-2 49.2 8 實施例177 分散液49 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 X-1 49.1 0.1 1000 實施例178 分散液49 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 X-1 49.2 0.0001 1 實施例179 分散液49 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 X-1 49.2 0.00001 0.1 實施例180 分散液49 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 X-1 49.2 0.0000001 0.001 [表6] 分散液 聚合性化合物 樹脂 光聚合起始劑 添加劑 界面活性劑 聚合抑制劑 溶劑 NMP與DMAc的含量 (質量ppm) 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 名稱 摻合量 實施例181 分散液49 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 X-2 49.2 0.1 1000 實施例182 分散液49 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 X-1 X-2 49.2 0.001 0.001 20 實施例183 分散液5 分散液45 分散液46 20 15 15 M-1 4.1 B-1 0.7 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 44.2 4 實施例184 分散液5 分散液46 分散液47 20 10 20 M-1 4.1 B-1 0.7 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 44.2 4 實施例185 分散液5 分散液46 分散液48 20 10 20 M-1 4.1 B-1 0.7 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 44.2 4 實施例186 分散液5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1     In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 比較例1 分散液49 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 0 比較例2 分散液49 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 X-1 49.2 0.00000001 0.0001 比較例3 分散液49 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 X-1 49.2 1 10000 [table 3] Dispersions Polymeric compound Resin Photopolymerization initiator additive Surfactant Polymerization inhibitor Solvent NMP and DMAc content (mass ppm) name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount Example 101 Dispersion 1 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 102 Dispersion 2 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 103 Dispersion 3 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 80 Example 104 Dispersion 4 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 105 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 106 Dispersion 6 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 107 Dispersion 7 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 108 Dispersion 8 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 109 Dispersion 9 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 110 Dispersion 10 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 111 Dispersion 11 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 112 Dispersion 12 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 113 Dispersion 13 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 114 Dispersion 14 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 115 Dispersion 15 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 116 Dispersion 16 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 117 Dispersion 17 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 118 Dispersion 18 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 119 Dispersion 19 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 120 Dispersion 20 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 121 Dispersion 21 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 122 Dispersion 22 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 123 Dispersion 23 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 124 Dispersion 24 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 125 Dispersion 25 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 126 Dispersion 26 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 10 Example 127 Dispersion 27 26.7 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 62.5 8 Example 128 Dispersion 28 80 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 9.2 8 Example 129 Dispersion 29 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 6 Example 130 Dispersion 30 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 9 [Table 4] Dispersions Polymeric compound Resin Photopolymerization initiator additive Surfactant Polymerization inhibitor Solvent NMP and DMAc content (mass ppm) name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount Example 131 Dispersion 31 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 132 Dispersion 32 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 133 Dispersion 33 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 134 Dispersion 34 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 135 Dispersion 35 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 136 Dispersion 36 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 137 Dispersion 37 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 7 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 46.4 8 Example 138 Dispersion 38 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 1.4 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 52 8 Example 139 Dispersion 39 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 1000 Example 140 Dispersion 40 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 100 Example 141 Dispersion 41 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 1 Example 142 Dispersion 42 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 0.1 Example 143 Dispersion 43 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 0.01 Example 144 Dispersion 44 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 0.001 Example 145 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 7.5 B-1 2.3 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 146 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 3.5 B-1 6.3 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 147 Dispersion 5 40 M-2 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 148 Dispersion 5 40 M-3 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 149 Dispersion 5 40 M-4 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 150 Dispersion 5 40 M-5 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 151 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 M-3 2.8 2.8 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 152 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-2 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 153 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-3 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 154 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 B-2 2.1 2.1 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 155 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 156 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-2 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 157 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-3 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 158 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-4 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 159 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-5 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 160 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 I-2 0.5 0.5 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 [table 5] Dispersions Polymeric compound Resin Photopolymerization initiator additive Surfactant Polymerization inhibitor Solvent NMP and DMAc content (mass ppm) name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount Example 161 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.5 B-1 4 I-1 1 A-1 0.2 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.3 8 Example 162 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.5 B-1 4 I-1 1 A-2 0.2 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.3 8 Example 163 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.5 B-1 4 I-1 1 A-3 0.2 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.3 8 Example 164 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.5 B-1 4 I-1 1 A-4 0.2 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.3 8 Example 165 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.00025 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 166 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.001 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 167 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-2 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 168 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-3 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 169 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-4 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 170 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 171 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-2 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Example 172 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.002 S-1 49.2 8 Example 173 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.1 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.1 S-1 49.2 8 Example 174 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 S-2 24.6 24.6 8 Example 175 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 S-3 24.6 24.6 8 Example 176 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-2 49.2 8 Example 177 Dispersion 49 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 X-1 49.1 0.1 1000 Example 178 Dispersion 49 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 X-1 49.2 0.0001 1 Example 179 Dispersion 49 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 X-1 49.2 0.00001 0.1 Example 180 Dispersion 49 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 X-1 49.2 0.0000001 0.001 [Table 6] Dispersions Polymeric compound Resin Photopolymerization initiator additive Surfactant Polymerization inhibitor Solvent NMP and DMAc content (mass ppm) name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount name Blending amount Example 181 Dispersion 49 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 X-2 49.2 0.1 1000 Example 182 Dispersion 49 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 X-1 X-2 49.2 0.001 0.001 20 Example 183 Dispersion 5 Dispersion 45 Dispersion 46 20 15 15 M-1 4.1 B-1 0.7 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 44.2 4 Example 184 Dispersion 5 Dispersion 46 Dispersion 47 20 10 20 M-1 4.1 B-1 0.7 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 44.2 4 Example 185 Dispersion 5 Dispersion 46 Dispersion 48 20 10 20 M-1 4.1 B-1 0.7 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 44.2 4 Example 186 Dispersion 5 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 8 Comparative example 1 Dispersion 49 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 49.2 0 Comparative example 2 Dispersion 49 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 X-1 49.2 0.00000001 0.0001 Comparative example 3 Dispersion 49 40 M-1 5.6 B-1 4.2 I-1 1 Su-1 0.0005 In-1 0.02 S-1 X-1 49.2 1 10000

上述表中所記載的材料的縮寫如下所示。The abbreviations of the materials listed in the above table are as follows.

(分散液) 分散液1~49:上述分散液1~49(Dispersions) Dispersion 1~49: The above dispersion 1~49

(聚合性化合物) M-1:NK EsterA-TMPT(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製) M-2:ARONIX M-350(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製) M-3:NK EsterA-TMMT(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製) M-4:ARONIX M-403(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製) M-5:ARONIX M-510(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製)(Polymerizable compound) M-1: NK EsterA-TMPT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) M-2: ARONIX M-350 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) M-3: NK EsterA-TMMT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) M-4: ARONIX M-403 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) M-5: ARONIX M-510 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.)

(樹脂) B-1、B-2:上述樹脂B-1、B-2 B-3:下述結構的樹脂(重量平均分子量=10000,在主鏈上所附記之數值表示重複單元的莫耳比。) [化學式50]

Figure 02_image105
(Resin) B-1, B-2: The above-mentioned resins B-1, B-2 B-3: Resins with the following structure (weight average molecular weight = 10000, the numerical value attached to the main chain represents the mole of the repeating unit Than.) [Chemical formula 50]
Figure 02_image105

(光聚合起始劑) I-1:IRGACURE-907(BASF公司製) I-2:IRGACURE-OXE01(BASF公司製) I-3:IRGACURE-OXE02(BASF公司製) I-4、I-5:下述結構的化合物 [化學式51]

Figure 02_image107
(Photopolymerization initiator) I-1: IRGACURE-907 (manufactured by BASF) I-2: IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) I-3: IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF) I-4, I-5 : A compound of the following structure [Chemical formula 51]
Figure 02_image107

(添加劑) A-1:4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮(增感劑) A-2:Irganox1010(BASF公司製、抗氧化劑) A-3:EX-611(Nagase ChemteX Corporation.製、環氧硬化劑) A-4:KBM-502(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製、矽烷偶合劑)(additive) A-1: 4,4’-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone (sensitizer) A-2: Irganox1010 (made by BASF, antioxidant) A-3: EX-611 (manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation, epoxy hardener) A-4: KBM-502 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., silane coupling agent)

(界面活性劑) Su-1:下述結構的化合物(Mw=14000,下述式中表示重複單元的比例之%為莫耳%。) [化學式52]

Figure 02_image109
Su-2:FtergentFTX218(Neos Corporation製) Su-3:MEGAFACEF-554(DIC Corporation製) Su-4:KF-6001(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製)(Surfactant) Su-1: A compound of the following structure (Mw=14000, in the following formula, the percentage of the repeating unit is represented by mole%.) [Chemical formula 52]
Figure 02_image109
Su-2: FtergentFTX218 (manufactured by Neos Corporation) Su-3: MEGAFACEF-554 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) Su-4: KF-6001 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)

(聚合抑制劑) In-1:對甲氧基苯酚 In-2:1,4-苯醌(Polymerization inhibitor) In-1: p-methoxyphenol In-2: 1,4-Benzoquinone

(溶劑) S-1:丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA) S-2:丙二醇甲醚(PGME) S-3:環己酮 X-1:N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP) X-2:二甲基乙醯胺(DMAc)(Solvent) S-1: Propylene glycol methyl ether acetate (PGMEA) S-2: Propylene glycol methyl ether (PGME) S-3: Cyclohexanone X-1: N-Methylpyrrolidone (NMP) X-2: Dimethylacetamide (DMAc)

<性能評價> (耐光性) 使用旋塗機(Mikasa Corporation製),以預烘烤後的膜厚成為0.8μm的方式將各樹脂組成物塗佈於玻璃基板上來形成了塗膜。接著,使用加熱板在100℃下進行120秒鐘的加熱(預烘烤)之後,使用i線步進機曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(Canon Inc.製),以1000mJ/cm2 的曝光量對整個表面進行曝光之後,再度使用加熱板在200℃下進行300秒鐘的加熱(後烘烤),從而獲得了膜。將所獲得之膜放入耐光試驗機(照度0.5万Lx、溫度50℃、濕度50%)中6個月之後,實施了耐光性試驗。針對耐光性試驗前後的膜,測定在波長400~1300nm的光的透射率T%,並求出作為其差分之ΔT%=|T%(耐光性試驗前)-T%(耐光性試驗後)|,並依據以下基準評價了耐光性。 5:ΔT%<3% 4:3%≤ΔT%<5% 3:5%≤ΔT%<10% 2:10%≤ΔT%<20% 1:20%≤ΔT%<Performance evaluation> (Light resistance) Using a spin coater (manufactured by Mikasa Corporation), each resin composition was coated on a glass substrate so that the film thickness after prebaking became 0.8 μm to form a coating film. Next, after 120 seconds using a hot plate was heated (pre-baked) at 100 deg.] C, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (Canon Inc.) at a exposure amount of 1000mJ / cm 2 to the entire After the surface was exposed, it was heated again at 200°C for 300 seconds (post-baking) using a hot plate to obtain a film. The obtained film was placed in a light resistance tester (illuminance: 5 thousand Lx, temperature: 50°C, humidity: 50%) for 6 months, and then a light resistance test was carried out. For the film before and after the light resistance test, measure the light transmittance T% at a wavelength of 400 to 1300 nm, and obtain the difference ΔT%=|T% (before the light resistance test)-T% (after the light resistance test) |, and evaluated the light resistance based on the following criteria. 5: ΔT%<3% 4:3%≤ΔT%<5% 3:5%≤ΔT%<10% 2:10%≤ΔT%<20% 1:20%≤ΔT%

(保存穩定性) 將剛製造的樹脂組成物在7℃的溫度下保管9個月之後,使用CLEAN TRACK ACT-8(Tokyo Electron Limited製)將其旋轉塗佈於8英吋(20.32cm)的矽晶圓上,接著在100℃下實施120秒鐘的預加熱(預烘烤),從而製作了膜厚0.8μm的膜。利用Applied Materials technology公司製的缺陷檢查裝置ComPLUS3檢查形成有膜之矽晶圓來檢測出缺陷部分,並抽取了每2462cm2 的1μm以上的大小缺陷數。 5:缺陷的數為5個以下 4:缺陷的數多於5個且20個以下 3:缺陷的數多於20個且50個以下 2:缺陷的數多於50個且100個以下 1:缺陷的數多於100個(Storage stability) After storing the newly manufactured resin composition at a temperature of 7°C for 9 months, it was spin-coated on an 8-inch (20.32cm) using CLEAN TRACK ACT-8 (manufactured by Tokyo Electron Limited) On the silicon wafer, preheating (prebaking) was performed at 100°C for 120 seconds to produce a film with a thickness of 0.8μm. The defect inspection device ComPLUS3 manufactured by Applied Materials Technology was used to inspect the silicon wafer with the film formed to detect the defect, and the number of defects of 1μm or more per 2462cm 2 was extracted. 5: The number of defects is less than 5 4: The number of defects is more than 5 and less than 20 3: The number of defects is more than 20 and less than 50 2: The number of defects is more than 50 and less than 1001: The number of defects is more than 100

(塗佈性) 使用CLEAN TRACK ACT-8(Tokyo Electron Limited製)將剛製造的樹脂組成物旋轉塗佈於8英吋(20.32cm)的矽晶圓上,接著在100℃下實施120秒鐘的預加熱(預烘烤)來製作膜厚0.8μm的膜,並使用i線步進機曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(Canon Inc.製),以1000mJ/cm2 的曝光量對整個表面進行曝光之後,再度使用加熱板在200℃下進行300秒鐘的加熱(後烘烤),從而獲得了膜。使用觸針式膜厚系DEKTAK(Bluker製)對所獲得之膜的中心部分及距外周2cm的部分的膜厚進行評價,並計算出膜的中心部分的膜厚(FTcenter)與距外周2cm的部分的膜厚(FTedge)之比(FTcenter/FTedge),並依據以下基準評價了塗佈性。 A:0.9<FTcenter/FTedge<1.1 B:0.9≥FTcenter/FTedge或1.1≤FTcenter/FTedge(Coatability) Use CLEAN TRACK ACT-8 (manufactured by Tokyo Electron Limited) to spin-coat the newly manufactured resin composition on an 8-inch (20.32cm) silicon wafer, and then apply it at 100°C for 120 seconds Pre-heating (pre-baking) to produce a film with a thickness of 0.8μm, and use the i-line stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.) to expose the entire surface with an exposure amount of 1000mJ/cm 2 , The heating plate was used again at 200°C for 300 seconds (post-baking) to obtain the film. Using the stylus type film thickness system DEKTAK (manufactured by Bluker), the film thickness of the center part and the part 2cm from the outer periphery of the obtained film was evaluated, and the film thickness of the center part of the film (FTcenter) and the film thickness of 2cm from the outer periphery were calculated. The ratio of partial film thickness (FTedge) (FTcenter/FTedge) was evaluated based on the following criteria. A: 0.9<FTcenter/FTedge<1.1 B: 0.9≥FTcenter/FTedge or 1.1≤FTcenter/FTedge

[表7] 評價結果 評價結果 耐光性 保存穩定性 塗佈性 耐光性 保存穩定性 塗佈性 實施例101 4 4 A 實施例146 5 5 A 實施例102 5 4 A 實施例147 5 5 A 實施例103 5 4 A 實施例148 5 5 A 實施例104 5 4 A 實施例149 5 5 A 實施例105 5 5 A 實施例150 5 5 A 實施例106 4 4 A 實施例151 5 5 A 實施例107 4 4 A 實施例152 5 5 A 實施例108 4 4 A 實施例153 5 5 A 實施例109 4 4 A 實施例154 5 5 A 實施例110 4 4 A 實施例155 5 5 A 實施例111 4 4 A 實施例156 5 5 A 實施例112 4 4 A 實施例157 5 5 A 實施例113 4 4 A 實施例158 5 5 A 實施例114 4 4 A 實施例159 5 5 A 實施例115 4 4 A 實施例160 5 5 A 實施例116 4 4 A 實施例161 5 5 A 實施例117 4 4 A 實施例162 5 5 A 實施例118 4 4 A 實施例163 5 5 A 實施例119 4 4 A 實施例164 5 5 A 實施例120 4 4 A 實施例165 5 5 A 實施例121 4 4 A 實施例166 5 5 A 實施例122 4 4 A 實施例167 5 5 A 實施例123 4 4 A 實施例168 5 5 A 實施例124 4 4 A 實施例169 5 5 A 實施例125 4 4 A 實施例170 5 5 A 實施例126 4 4 A 實施例171 5 5 A 實施例127 5 5 A 實施例172 5 5 A 實施例128 5 5 A 實施例173 5 5 A 實施例129 5 5 A 實施例174 5 5 A 實施例130 5 5 A 實施例175 5 5 A 實施例131 5 5 A 實施例176 5 5 A 實施例132 5 5 A 實施例177 5 5 A 實施例133 5 5 A 實施例178 4 4 A 實施例134 5 5 A 實施例179 4 4 A 實施例135 5 5 A 實施例180 3 5 A 實施例136 5 5 A 實施例181 5 3 A 實施例137 5 5 A 實施例182 4 4 A 實施例138 5 5 A 實施例183 4 4 A 實施例139 5 3 A 實施例184 4 4 A 實施例140 4 4 A 實施例185 4 4 A 實施例141 4 4 A 實施例186 4 4 B 實施例142 4 4 A 比較例1 1 5 A 實施例143 3 4 A 比較例2 2 5 A 實施例144 3 5 A 比較例3 5 1 A 實施例145 5 5 A [Table 7] Evaluation results Evaluation results Light fastness Storage stability Coatability Light fastness Storage stability Coatability Example 101 4 4 A Example 146 5 5 A Example 102 5 4 A Example 147 5 5 A Example 103 5 4 A Example 148 5 5 A Example 104 5 4 A Example 149 5 5 A Example 105 5 5 A Example 150 5 5 A Example 106 4 4 A Example 151 5 5 A Example 107 4 4 A Example 152 5 5 A Example 108 4 4 A Example 153 5 5 A Example 109 4 4 A Example 154 5 5 A Example 110 4 4 A Example 155 5 5 A Example 111 4 4 A Example 156 5 5 A Example 112 4 4 A Example 157 5 5 A Example 113 4 4 A Example 158 5 5 A Example 114 4 4 A Example 159 5 5 A Example 115 4 4 A Example 160 5 5 A Example 116 4 4 A Example 161 5 5 A Example 117 4 4 A Example 162 5 5 A Example 118 4 4 A Example 163 5 5 A Example 119 4 4 A Example 164 5 5 A Example 120 4 4 A Example 165 5 5 A Example 121 4 4 A Example 166 5 5 A Example 122 4 4 A Example 167 5 5 A Example 123 4 4 A Example 168 5 5 A Example 124 4 4 A Example 169 5 5 A Example 125 4 4 A Example 170 5 5 A Example 126 4 4 A Example 171 5 5 A Example 127 5 5 A Example 172 5 5 A Example 128 5 5 A Example 173 5 5 A Example 129 5 5 A Example 174 5 5 A Example 130 5 5 A Example 175 5 5 A Example 131 5 5 A Example 176 5 5 A Example 132 5 5 A Example 177 5 5 A Example 133 5 5 A Example 178 4 4 A Example 134 5 5 A Example 179 4 4 A Example 135 5 5 A Example 180 3 5 A Example 136 5 5 A Example 181 5 3 A Example 137 5 5 A Example 182 4 4 A Example 138 5 5 A Example 183 4 4 A Example 139 5 3 A Example 184 4 4 A Example 140 4 4 A Example 185 4 4 A Example 141 4 4 A Example 186 4 4 B Example 142 4 4 A Comparative example 1 1 5 A Example 143 3 4 A Comparative example 2 2 5 A Example 144 3 5 A Comparative example 3 5 1 A Example 145 5 5 A

如上述表所示,實施例的耐光性及保存穩定性的評價優異。進而,塗佈性亦良好。在比較例2中,即使將N-甲基吡咯啶酮的含量變更為0.0008ppm並以相同的方式進行評價,亦獲得了與比較例2相同的結果。在比較例3中,即使將N-甲基吡咯啶酮的含量變更為1500ppm並以相同的方式進行評價,亦獲得了與比較例3相同的結果。As shown in the above table, the examples are excellent in the evaluation of light resistance and storage stability. Furthermore, the coatability is also good. In Comparative Example 2, even if the content of N-methylpyrrolidone was changed to 0.0008 ppm and evaluated in the same manner, the same results as in Comparative Example 2 were obtained. In Comparative Example 3, even if the content of N-methylpyrrolidone was changed to 1500 ppm and evaluated in the same manner, the same results as in Comparative Example 3 were obtained.

(實施例1001) 使用旋塗法,以成膜後的膜厚成為1.0μm的方式將實施例101的樹脂組成物塗佈於矽晶圓上。接著,使用加熱板在100℃下加熱了2分鐘。接著,使用i線步進機曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(Canon Inc.製),以1000mJ/cm2 的曝光量進行了曝光。接著,在200℃下加熱5分鐘,從而形成了近紅外線截止濾波器。接著,使用旋塗法,以成膜後的膜厚成為1.0μm的方式將紅色組成物塗佈於近紅外線截止濾波器上。接著,使用加熱板在100℃下加熱了2分鐘。接著,使用i線步進機曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(Canon Inc.製),以1000mJ/cm2 的曝光量,經由具有2μm見方的拜耳(Bayer)圖案之遮罩進行了曝光。接著,使用氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)0.3質量%水溶液,在23℃下進行了60秒鐘的旋覆浸沒顯影。然後,利用旋轉噴淋器進行沖洗,還利用純水進行了水洗。接著,使用加熱板,在200℃下加熱5分鐘,從而在近紅外線截止濾波器上使紅色組成物圖案化。相同地,依次使綠色組成物及藍色組成物圖案化,並形成紅、綠及藍的著色圖案,從而製造了結構體。按照公知的方法將該結構體組裝於固體攝像元件中。該固體攝像元件具有較佳的圖像識別能力。又,入射角依賴性良好。(Example 1001) Using a spin coating method, the resin composition of Example 101 was coated on a silicon wafer so that the film thickness after film formation became 1.0 μm. Next, it heated at 100 degreeC for 2 minutes using a hotplate. Next, using an i-line stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.), exposure was performed at an exposure amount of 1000 mJ/cm 2. Then, it was heated at 200°C for 5 minutes to form a near-infrared cut filter. Next, using a spin coating method, the red composition was coated on the near-infrared cut filter so that the film thickness after film formation became 1.0 μm. Next, it heated at 100 degreeC for 2 minutes using a hotplate. Next, using an i-line stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.), exposure was performed at an exposure amount of 1000 mJ/cm 2 through a mask having a Bayer pattern of 2 μm square. Next, a 0.3% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) was used to perform spin immersion development at 23° C. for 60 seconds. Then, it was rinsed with a rotary shower, and rinsed with pure water. Next, using a hot plate, heating was performed at 200°C for 5 minutes to pattern the red composition on the near-infrared cut filter. In the same way, the green composition and the blue composition were patterned in sequence, and colored patterns of red, green, and blue were formed, thereby fabricating a structure. The structure is assembled in the solid-state imaging element according to a known method. The solid-state imaging element has better image recognition capabilities. In addition, the incident angle dependence is good.

在實施例1001中所使用之紅色組成物、綠色組成物及藍色組成物如下所示。The red composition, green composition, and blue composition used in Example 1001 are shown below.

(紅色組成物) 混合並攪拌下述成分之後,利用孔徑0.45μm的尼龍製過濾器(NIHON PALL LTD.製)進行過濾,從而製備了紅色組成物。 紅色顏料分散液……51.7質量份 樹脂1……0.6質量份 聚合性化合物2……0.6質量份 光聚合起始劑1……0.4質量份 界面活性劑1……4.2質量份 紫外線吸收劑(UV-503,DAITO CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製)……0.3質量份 丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)……42.6質量份(Red composition) After mixing and stirring the following components, they were filtered with a nylon filter (manufactured by NIHON PALL LTD.) with a pore size of 0.45 μm to prepare a red composition. Red pigment dispersion……51.7 parts by mass Resin 1……0.6 parts by mass Polymerizable compound 2……0.6 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator 1...0.4 parts by mass Surfactant 1……4.2 parts by mass Ultraviolet absorber (UV-503, manufactured by DAITO CHEMICAL CO., LTD.)... 0.3 parts by mass Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)...... 42.6 parts by mass

(綠色組成物) 混合並攪拌下述成分之後,利用孔徑0.45μm的尼龍製過濾器(NIHON PALL LTD.製)進行過濾,從而製備了綠色組成物。 綠色顏料分散液……73.7質量份 樹脂1……0.3質量份 聚合性化合物1……1.2質量份 光聚合起始劑1……0.6質量份 界面活性劑1……4.2質量份 紫外線吸收劑(UV-503,DAITO CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製)……0.5質量份 PGMEA……19.5質量份(Green composition) After mixing and stirring the following components, they were filtered with a nylon filter (manufactured by NIHON PALL LTD.) with a pore size of 0.45 μm to prepare a green composition. Green pigment dispersion...73.7 parts by mass Resin 1……0.3 parts by mass Polymerizable compound 1...1.2 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator 1...0.6 parts by mass Surfactant 1……4.2 parts by mass Ultraviolet absorber (UV-503, manufactured by DAITO CHEMICAL CO., LTD.)...0.5 parts by mass PGMEA……19.5 parts by mass

(藍色組成物) 混合並攪拌下述成分之後,利用孔徑0.45μm的尼龍製過濾器(NIHON PALL LTD.製)進行過濾,從而製備了藍色組成物。 藍色顏料分散液……44.9質量份 樹脂1……2.1質量份 聚合性化合物1……1.5質量份 聚合性化合物2……0.7質量份 光聚合起始劑1……0.8質量份 界面活性劑1……4.2質量份 紫外線吸收劑(UV-503,DAITO CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製)……0.3質量份 ・PGMEA……45.8質量份(Blue composition) After mixing and stirring the following components, they were filtered with a nylon filter (manufactured by NIHON PALL LTD.) with a pore size of 0.45 μm to prepare a blue composition. Blue pigment dispersion...44.9 parts by mass Resin 1……2.1 parts by mass Polymerizable compound 1...1.5 parts by mass Polymerizable compound 2……0.7 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator 1……0.8 parts by mass Surfactant 1……4.2 parts by mass Ultraviolet absorber (UV-503, manufactured by DAITO CHEMICAL CO., LTD.)... 0.3 parts by mass ・PGMEA……45.8 parts by mass

紅色組成物、綠色組成物及藍色組成物中所使用之原料如下所示。The raw materials used in the red composition, green composition, and blue composition are as follows.

・紅色顏料分散液 利用珠磨機(二氧化鋯珠0.3mm直徑),將包括9.6質量份的C.I.Pigment Red254、4.3質量份的C.I.Pigment Yellow139、6.8質量份的分散劑(Disperbyk-161,BYK-Chemie GmbH公司製)及79.3質量份的PGMEA之混合液混合及分散3小時,從而製備了顏料分散液。進而,進一步使用附減壓機構之高壓分散機NANO-3000-10(Nippon BEE Co.,Ltd.製),在2000kg/cm3 的壓力下設為500g/min的流量而進行了分散處理。反復進行10次該分散處理來獲得了紅色顏料分散液。・The red pigment dispersion liquid was mixed with a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3mm diameter), including 9.6 parts by mass CIPigment Red254, 4.3 parts by mass CIPigment Yellow139, and 6.8 parts by mass dispersant (Disperbyk-161, BYK-Chemie GmbH Company-made) and 79.3 parts by mass of PGMEA mixture were mixed and dispersed for 3 hours to prepare a pigment dispersion. Furthermore, a high-pressure dispersion machine NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a pressure reducing mechanism was further used, and the dispersion treatment was performed at a flow rate of 500 g/min under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 3. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a red pigment dispersion liquid.

・綠色顏料分散液 利用珠磨機(二氧化鋯珠0.3mm直徑),將包括6.4質量份的C.I.Pigment Green36、5.3質量份的C.I.Pigment Yellow150、5.2質量份的分散劑(Disperbyk-161,BYK Chemie GmbH公司製)及83.1質量份的PGMEA之混合液混合及分散3小時,從而製備了顏料分散液。進而,進一步使用附減壓機構之高壓分散機NANO-3000-10(Nippon BEE Co.,Ltd.製),在2000kg/cm3 的壓力下設為500g/min的流量而進行了分散處理。反復進行10次該分散處理來獲得了綠色顏料分散液。・The green pigment dispersion liquid was mixed with a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3mm diameter), including 6.4 parts by mass of CIPigment Green36, 5.3 parts by mass of CIPigment Yellow 150, and 5.2 parts by mass of dispersant (Disperbyk-161, BYK Chemie GmbH) Manufacture) and 83.1 parts by mass of PGMEA mixed liquid and mixed and dispersed for 3 hours, thereby preparing a pigment dispersion liquid. Furthermore, a high-pressure dispersion machine NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a pressure reducing mechanism was further used, and the dispersion treatment was performed at a flow rate of 500 g/min under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 3. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a green pigment dispersion liquid.

・藍色顏料分散液 利用珠磨機(二氧化鋯珠0.3mm直徑),將包括9.7質量份的C.I.Pigment Blue15:6、2.4質量份的C.I.Pigment Violet23、5.5質量份的分散劑(Disperbyk-161,BYK-Chemie GmbH公司製)及82.4質量份的PGMEA之混合液混合及分散3小時,從而製備了顏料分散液。進而,進一步使用附減壓機構之高壓分散機NANO-3000-10(Nippon BEE Co.,Ltd.製),在2000kg/cm3 的壓力下設為500g/min的流量而進行了分散處理。反復進行10次該分散處理來獲得了藍色顏料分散液。・The blue pigment dispersion liquid was mixed with a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.3mm diameter), including 9.7 parts by mass of CIPigment Blue 15:6, 2.4 parts by mass of CIPigment Violet 23, and 5.5 parts by mass of dispersant (Disperbyk-161, BYK -Chemie GmbH) and a mixture of 82.4 parts by mass of PGMEA were mixed and dispersed for 3 hours to prepare a pigment dispersion. Furthermore, a high-pressure dispersion machine NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a pressure reducing mechanism was further used, and the dispersion treatment was performed at a flow rate of 500 g/min under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 3. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a blue pigment dispersion liquid.

・聚合性化合物1:KAYARAD DPHA(NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,Ltd.製) ・聚合性化合物2:下述結構的化合物 [化學式53]

Figure 02_image111
・Polymerizable compound 1: KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., Ltd.) ・Polymerizable compound 2: a compound of the following structure [Chemical formula 53]
Figure 02_image111

・樹脂1:下述結構的樹脂(酸值:70mgKOH/g,Mw=11000,結構單元中之比為莫耳比) [化學式54]

Figure 02_image113
・Resin 1: Resin with the following structure (acid value: 70mgKOH/g, Mw=11000, ratio of structural units is molar ratio) [Chemical formula 54]
Figure 02_image113

・光聚合起始劑1:IRGACURE-OXE01(BASF公司製)・Photopolymerization initiator 1: IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF)

・界面活性劑1:下述混合物(Mw=14000)的1質量%PGMEA溶液。下述式中,表示重複單元的比例之%為莫耳%。 [化學式55]

Figure 02_image115
・Surfactant 1: 1% by mass PGMEA solution of the following mixture (Mw=14000). In the following formula, the% representing the proportion of the repeating unit is mole %. [Chemical formula 55]
Figure 02_image115

110:固體攝像元件 111:近紅外線截止濾波器 112:濾色器 114:近紅外線透射濾波器 115:微透鏡 116:平坦化層 hν:入射光110: solid-state image sensor 111: Near infrared cut filter 112: color filter 114: Near infrared transmission filter 115: Micro lens 116: Planarization layer hν: incident light

圖1係表示紅外線感測器的一實施形態之概要圖。Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an embodiment of an infrared sensor.

Figure 109109701-A0101-11-0002-3
Figure 109109701-A0101-11-0002-3

無。no.

Claims (16)

一種樹脂組成物,其係含有下述式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素、 0.001質量ppm~1000質量ppm的下述式(AS1)所表示之化合物及 樹脂,
Figure 03_image003
式中,Rs119 及Rs120 分別獨立地表示取代基, A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示氧原子或-N(Rs125 )-, Rs121 ~Rs125 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基, E1 及E2 分別獨立地表示碳原子、硼原子或-C(=O)-, 在E1 為碳原子的情況下ns32為2,在E1 為硼原子的情況下ns32為1,在E1 為-C(=O)-的情況下ns32為0, 在E2 為碳原子的情況下ns33為2,在E2 為硼原子的情況下ns33為1,在E2 為-C(=O)-的情況下ns33為0, ns30及ns31分別獨立地表示0~5的整數, 在ns30為2以上的情況下,複數個Rs119 可以相同亦可以不同,複數個Rs119 中的2個Rs119 可以彼此鍵結而形成環, 在ns31為2以上的情況下,複數個Rs120 可以相同亦可以不同,複數個Rs120 中的2個Rs120 可以彼此鍵結而形成環, 在ns32為2的情況下,2個Rs121 可以相同亦可以不同,2個Rs121 可以彼此鍵結而形成環, 在ns33為2的情況下,2個Rs122 可以相同亦可以不同,2個Rs122 可以彼此鍵結而形成環, Ar100 表示伸芳基或雜伸芳基, ns100表示0~2的整數,
Figure 03_image005
式(AS1)中,RA1 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基或雜環基,RA2 及RA3 分別獨立地表示烷基、烯基、芳基或雜環基,RA1 與RA2 可以相互鍵結而形成環,RA2 與RA3 可以相互鍵結而形成環。
A resin composition containing a near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the following formula (SQ1), a compound represented by the following formula (AS1) in a range of 0.001 mass ppm to 1000 mass ppm, and a resin,
Figure 03_image003
In the formula, Rs 119 and Rs 120 each independently represent a substituent, A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -N(Rs 125 )-, Rs 121 to Rs 125 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, E 1 and E 2 each independently represent a carbon atom, a boron atom, or -C(=O)-. When E 1 is a carbon atom, ns32 is 2, and when E 1 is a boron atom, ns32 is 1. When E 1 is -C(=O)-, ns32 is 0, when E 2 is a carbon atom, ns33 is 2, and when E 2 is a boron atom, ns33 is 1, and E 2 is -C( =O)-In the case of ns33 is 0, ns30 and ns31 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 5, and when ns30 is 2 or more, the plural Rs 119 may be the same or different, and 2 of the plural Rs 119 Rs 119 can be bonded to each other to form a ring. When ns31 is 2 or more, a plurality of Rs 120 may be the same or different. Two Rs 120s of a plurality of Rs 120 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. In ns32 is 2, the two Rs 121 may be the same also different, two Rs 121 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, in ns33 it is 2, the two Rs 122 may be the same also different, two Rs 122 They can be bonded to each other to form a ring, Ar 100 represents an aryl group or heteroarylene group, ns100 represents an integer of 0-2,
Figure 03_image005
In the formula (AS1), R A1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and R A2 and R A3 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and R A1 and R A2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and R A2 and R A3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
如請求項1所述之樹脂組成物,其中 式(AS1)的RA2 及RA3 中的至少一者為烷基。The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein at least one of RA2 and RA3 in the formula (AS1) is an alkyl group. 如請求項1所述之樹脂組成物,其中 式(AS1)的RA1 ~RA3 分別獨立地表示烷基或RA3 表示烷基,並且RA2 與RA3 相互鍵結而形成環。The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein RA1 to RA3 in formula (AS1) each independently represent an alkyl group or RA3 represents an alkyl group, and RA2 and RA3 are bonded to each other to form a ring. 如請求項1所述之樹脂組成物,其中 前述式(As1)所表示之化合物為選自N-甲基吡咯啶酮及二甲基乙醯胺中之至少1種。The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein The compound represented by the aforementioned formula (As1) is at least one selected from the group consisting of N-methylpyrrolidone and dimethylacetamide. 如請求項1至請求項4之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其中 前述式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素為式(SQ2)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素,
Figure 03_image119
式中,L41 ~L44 分別獨立地表示伸烷基、伸炔基、伸芳基、雜環基或將該等鍵結2個以上而獲得之2價的基團, Z41 及Z42 分別獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-N(RN1 )-、-S(=O)-或-S(=O)2 -, A41 及A42 分別獨立地表示氧原子或-N(RN2 )-, RN1 及RN2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基, Rs141 及Rs142 分別獨立地表示取代基, ns41及ns42分別獨立地表示0~5的整數, 在ns41為2以上的情況下,複數個Rs141 可以相同亦可以不同,複數個Rs141 中的2個Rs141 可以彼此鍵結而形成環, 在ns42為2以上的情況下,複數個Rs142 可以相同亦可以不同,複數個Rs142 中的2個Rs142 可以彼此鍵結而形成環, 其中,在L41 ~L44 為伸烷基、Z41 及Z42 為單鍵、A41 及A42 為-N(RN2 )-的情況下,ns41及ns42中的至少一者為1~5的整數。
The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the aforementioned formula (SQ1) is a near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ2),
Figure 03_image119
In the formula, L 41 to L 44 each independently represent an alkylene group, an alkynylene group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or a divalent group obtained by bonding two or more of these groups, Z 41 and Z 42 Each independently represents a single bond, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -N(R N1 )-, -S(=O)- or -S(=O) 2 -, A 41 And A 42 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -N(R N2 )-, R N1 and R N2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, Rs 141 and Rs 142 each independently represent a substituent, ns41 and ns42 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, in a case where ns41 is 2 or more, plural Rs 141 may be the same can also be different, a plurality of Rs 141 in which two Rs 141 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, in ns42 is 2 or more, plural Rs 142 also may be the same or different, a plurality of Rs 142 in which two Rs 142 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, wherein L 41 ~ L 44 is an alkylene group, Z 41 When and Z 42 are a single bond, and A 41 and A 42 are -N(R N2 )-, at least one of ns41 and ns42 is an integer of 1 to 5.
如請求項1至請求項4之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其中 前述式(SQ1)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素為式(SQ3)所表示之近紅外線吸收色素,
Figure 03_image121
式中,Q1 、Q4 、Q5 、Q8 、Q11 、Q14 、Q15 及Q18 分別獨立地表示碳原子或氮原子, Rs1 ~Rs5 、Rs11 ~Rs15 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、磺酸基、-SO3 M1 或鹵素原子,M1 表示無機陽離子或有機陽離子,Rs2 與Rs3 、Rs12 與Rs13 可以相互鍵結而形成環, Rs21 ~Rs28 、Rs31 ~Rs38 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、芳烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、-NRX1 RX2 、磺酸基、-SO3 M2 、-SO2 NRX1 RX2 、-COORX3 、-CONRX1 RX2 、硝基、氰基或鹵素原子,M2 表示無機陽離子或有機陽離子,RX1 ~RX3 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、醯基或雜環基,RX1 與RX2 可以相互鍵結而形成環,Rs21 ~Rs28 、Rs31 ~Rs38 中的相鄰之基團彼此可以相互鍵結而形成環, 在Q1 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs21 ,在Q4 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs24 ,在Q5 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs25 ,在Q8 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs28 ,在Q11 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs31 ,在Q14 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs34 ,在Q15 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs35 ,在Q18 為氮原子的情況下,不存在Rs38
The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the aforementioned formula (SQ1) is a near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (SQ3),
Figure 03_image121
In the formula, Q 1 , Q 4 , Q 5 , Q 8 , Q 11 , Q 14 , Q 15 and Q 18 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, and Rs 1 to Rs 5 , Rs 11 to Rs 15 each independently Represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a sulfonic acid group, -SO 3 M 1 or a halogen atom, M 1 represents an inorganic cation or an organic cation, Rs 2 and Rs 3 , Rs 12 and Rs 13 can be bonded to each other to form a ring, Rs 21 ~Rs 28 and Rs 31 to Rs 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, -NR X1 R X2 , a sulfonic acid group, and- SO 3 M 2 , -SO 2 NR X1 R X2 , -COOR X3 , -CONR X1 R X2 , nitro group, cyano group or halogen atom, M 2 represents inorganic cation or organic cation, R X1 ~R X3 each independently represent A hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group or a heterocyclic group, R X1 and R X2 can be bonded to each other to form a ring, and adjacent groups among Rs 21 to Rs 28 and Rs 31 to Rs 38 can be mutually Bonded to form a ring, when Q 1 is a nitrogen atom, Rs 21 does not exist, when Q 4 is a nitrogen atom, Rs 24 does not exist, and when Q 5 is a nitrogen atom, Rs 25 does not exist , When Q 8 is a nitrogen atom, there is no Rs 28 , when Q 11 is a nitrogen atom, there is no Rs 31 , when Q 14 is a nitrogen atom, there is no Rs 34 , and Q 15 is In the case of a nitrogen atom, Rs 35 does not exist, and when Q 18 is a nitrogen atom, Rs 38 does not exist.
如請求項1至請求項4之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其中 前述樹脂係包含具有鹼基之樹脂。The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein The aforementioned resin system includes a resin having a basic group. 如請求項1至請求項4之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其中 前述樹脂係包含鹼可溶性樹脂。The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein The aforementioned resin system includes an alkali-soluble resin. 如請求項1至請求項4之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其係還包含聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑。The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which further includes a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator. 如請求項1至請求項4之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其係還包含使近紅外線透射而遮蔽可見光之色材。The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which further includes a color material that transmits near-infrared rays and shields visible light. 一種膜,其係使用如請求項1至請求項10之任一項所述之樹脂組成物而獲得。A film obtained by using the resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10. 一種近紅外線截止濾波器,其係具有如請求項11所述之膜。A near-infrared cut filter having the film according to claim 11. 一種近紅外線透射濾波器,其係具有如請求項11所述之膜。A near-infrared transmission filter having the film according to claim 11. 一種固體攝像元件,其係具有如請求項11所述之膜。A solid-state imaging device having the film described in claim 11. 一種圖像顯示裝置,其係具有如請求項11所述之膜。An image display device having the film according to claim 11. 一種紅外線感測器,其係具有如請求項11所述之膜。An infrared sensor having the film according to claim 11.
TW109109701A 2019-03-28 2020-03-24 Resin composition, film, near infrared ray-cutting filter, near infrared ray-transmitting filter, solid state imaging element, image display device and infrared ray sensor TW202102596A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019063499 2019-03-28
JP2019-063499 2019-03-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202102596A true TW202102596A (en) 2021-01-16

Family

ID=72610960

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW109109701A TW202102596A (en) 2019-03-28 2020-03-24 Resin composition, film, near infrared ray-cutting filter, near infrared ray-transmitting filter, solid state imaging element, image display device and infrared ray sensor

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2020196391A1 (en)
TW (1) TW202102596A (en)
WO (1) WO2020196391A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7264301B1 (en) 2021-12-13 2023-04-25 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring composition and color filter

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004037719A (en) * 2002-07-02 2004-02-05 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Heat developable photosensitive material
JP2019011455A (en) * 2016-12-27 2019-01-24 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Squarylium compound and use thereof
JP6874522B2 (en) * 2017-05-22 2021-05-19 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Composition for laser marking and its use
JP6322837B1 (en) * 2017-06-13 2018-05-16 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 SQUARYLIUM DYE AND USE THEREOF

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2020196391A1 (en) 2020-10-01
WO2020196391A1 (en) 2020-10-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI814900B (en) Near-infrared absorbing photosensitive composition, cured film, optical filter, pattern forming method, laminated body, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
JP7399268B2 (en) Colored compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
TWI822853B (en) Near-infrared absorbing composition, dispersion manufacturing method, film, optical filter, pattern forming method, laminated body, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
JP7109544B2 (en) Curable composition, film, near-infrared cut filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, infrared sensor and camera module
TW202130746A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TW202130674A (en) Coloring resin composition, film, color filter, solid state imaging device and image display device
JP2024009929A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
JP7428783B2 (en) Colored compositions, films, red pixels, color filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices and kits
JP2024040152A (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter and solid-state imaging device
TW202132477A (en) Colored composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and kit
TWI819041B (en) Compositions, films, filters, laminates, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, and infrared sensors
JP7080325B2 (en) Curable composition, film, color filter, manufacturing method of color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
TW202039698A (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2020013089A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TW201944170A (en) Pattern production method, optical filter production method, solid-state imaging element production method, image display device production method, photocurable composition and film
TW202102596A (en) Resin composition, film, near infrared ray-cutting filter, near infrared ray-transmitting filter, solid state imaging element, image display device and infrared ray sensor
JP7112592B2 (en) Resin composition, film, near-infrared cut filter, near-infrared transmission filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and infrared sensor
JP7095091B2 (en) Photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
TW202124469A (en) Composition, film, cured film, method for producing said cured film, near-infrared transmitting filter, solid-state imaging element, and infrared sensor
TW202010758A (en) Curable composition, production method for curable composition, film, color filter, production method for color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP7145314B2 (en) Structures, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, and infrared sensors
JP7389900B2 (en) Magenta photosensitive resin composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP7344379B2 (en) Resin compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, and image display devices
TW202130745A (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
TW202108703A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device